WorldWideScience

Sample records for cotech test procedure

  1. Report on COTECH test procedure and characterization techniques

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Islam, Mohammad Aminul

    This deliverable report describes in detail the test steps that need to be executed in order to certify the final COTECH demonstrators for the specific application areas like health, biomedical, automotive, energy and information technology. It also defines and lists the capabilities and properties...... and material characterization techniques  Characterization techniques of the COTECH demonstrators  Functionality and lifecycle testing of the COTECH demonstrators Besides the general introduction and conclusion each section of the report is dedicated to the characterization techniques and test procedure.......Characterization techniques and test procedure requirements for innovative self-ligating dental brackets (EO) Section 5.Characterization techniques and test procedure requirements for smart diagnostic chips comprising a microfluidic channel system (GBO) Section 6.Characterization techniques and test procedure...

  2. The COTECH knowledge database: assessment of critical factors in micro moulding

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Tosello, Guido; Griffiths, C.A.; Hansen, Hans Nørgaard;

    2012-01-01

    , and to propose innovative solutions of serial production control to ensure effective high quality industrial micro manufacture. Specific research work has been undertaken during the COTECH project in order to monitor, characterize, analyse, and simulate the μlM process. Relations between the fundamental process...

  3. The COTECH knowledge database: assessment of critical factors in micro moulding

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Tosello, Guido; Griffiths, C.A.; Hansen, Hans Nørgaard;

    2012-01-01

    , and to propose innovative solutions of serial production control to ensure effective high quality industrial micro manufacture. Specific research work has been undertaken during the COTECH project in order to monitor, characterize, analyse, and simulate the μlM process. Relations between the fundamental process......The European Large Scale Collaboration Project "COTECH" (Converging Technologies for Micro ystem Manufacturing, 2008-2012 has as one of its main objectives to improve the understanding of the micro injection moulding (μlM) process to enable its implementation in large-scale production conditions...... input parameters and process quality factors and material characteristics have been established. To meet the goal of high accuracy processing and manufacturing during the whole process chain, different means of optimization technologies based on the design of experiments method have been employed...

  4. Conflict among Testing Procedures?

    Science.gov (United States)

    1982-04-01

    AM4ONG TESTING PROCEDURES? Daniel F . Kohler April 1982 ( i’ 4:3 rpis tsnlb u lailtsd P-6765 8 8 O1 V 068 The Rand Paper Series Papers are issued by...TESTING PROCEDURES? Daniel F . Kohler April 1982 : i ! ,I I CONFLICT AMONG TESTING PROCEDURES? 1. Introduction "- Savin [1976] and Berndt and Savin [19771

  5. TMACS Test Procedure TP001: Alarm Management

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Scanlan, P.K.

    1994-05-31

    The TMACS Software Project Test Procedures translate the project`s acceptance criteria into test steps. Software releases are certified when the affected Test Procedures are successfully performed and the customers authorize installation of these changes. This Test Procedure tests the TMACS Alarm management functions.

  6. Preschooler test or procedure preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    ... them less likely to cry and resist the procedure. Research shows that lowering anxiety can decrease the sensation ... days or weeks in advance. Here are some general guidelines for ... Explain the procedure in language your child understands, ...

  7. 40 CFR 205.54 - Test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Test procedures. 205.54 Section 205.54 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) NOISE ABATEMENT PROGRAMS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT NOISE EMISSION CONTROLS Medium and Heavy Trucks § 205.54 Test procedures. The procedures...

  8. Toddler test or procedure preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    ... care for other siblings or meals for the family so you can focus on supporting your child. Other considerations: Your child will probably resist the procedure and may even try to run away. A firm, direct approach from you and the health care ...

  9. Neurological Diagnostic Tests and Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    ... been fully anesthetized or loses consciousness, and confirm brain death. This painless, risk-free test can be performed ... monitor brain activity among coma patients, and confirm brain death. Testing may take place in a doctor’s office ...

  10. Lotka's Law: A Testing Procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pao, Miranda Lee

    1985-01-01

    A step-by-step outline is presented for testing the applicability of Lotka's law of scientific productivity. Steps include the computation of the values of the exponent and constant based on Lotka's method and the test for significance of observed frequency distribution against the estimated theoretical distribution derived from Lotka's formula.…

  11. 40 CFR 53.66 - Test procedure: Volatility test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Test procedure: Volatility test. 53.66... Characteristics of Class II Equivalent Methods for PM2.5 § 53.66 Test procedure: Volatility test. (a) Overview. This test is designed to ensure that the candidate method's losses due to volatility when sampling...

  12. 40 CFR 53.65 - Test procedure: Loading test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Test procedure: Loading test. 53.65... Characteristics of Class II Equivalent Methods for PM2.5 § 53.65 Test procedure: Loading test. (a) Overview. (1) The loading tests are designed to quantify any appreciable changes in a candidate method...

  13. Procedures for Testing Color Vision,

    Science.gov (United States)

    1981-01-01

    uased on the principles of Helmholtz’s theory of color vision. Helmholtz (1866) had tentatively proposed that color blindness could manifest itself in...purple) specifically to detect the three proposed types of color blindness . As a result, the Holmgren test is based on an erroneous and misleading set...of color blindness categories and an unwise choice of test and match skeins. Pseudoisochromatic plates were first introduced by Stilling (1873). The

  14. Void fraction instrument acceptance test procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pearce, K.L.

    1994-09-15

    This acceptance test procedure (ATP) was written to test the void fraction instrument (VFI) and verify that the unit is ready for field service. The procedure verifies that the mechanical and electrical features (not specifically addressed in the software ATP) and software alarms are operating as designed.

  15. Void fraction instrument acceptance test procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pearce, K.L.

    1994-09-15

    This acceptance test procedure (ATP) was written to test the void fraction instrument (VFI) and verify that the unit is ready for field service. The procedure verifies that the mechanical and electrical features (not specifically addressed in the software ATP) and software alarms are operating as designed.

  16. 40 CFR 53.64 - Test procedure: Static fractionator test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Test procedure: Static fractionator test. 53.64 Section 53.64 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR... Performance Characteristics of Class II Equivalent Methods for PM2.5 § 53.64 Test procedure:...

  17. YF-16 flight flutter test procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Brignac, W. J.; Ness, H. B.; Johnson, M. K.; Smith, L. M.

    1976-01-01

    The Random Decrement technique (Randomdec) was incorporated in procedures for flight testing of the YF-16 lightweight fighter prototype. Damping values obtained substantiate the adequacy of the flutter margin of safety. To confirm the structural modes which were being excited, a spectral analysis of each channel was performed using the AFFTC time/data 1923/50 time series analyzer. Inflight test procedure included the careful monitoring of strip charts, three axis pulses, rolls, and pullups.

  18. AZ-101 Mixer Pump Test Qualification Test Procedures (QTP)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    THOMAS, W.K.

    2000-01-10

    Describes the Qualification test procedure for the AZ-101 Mixer Pump Data Acquisition System (DAS). The purpose of this Qualification Test Procedure (QTP) is to confirm that the AZ-101 Mixer Pump System has been properly programmed and hardware configured correctly. This QTP will test the software setpoints for the alarms and also check the wiring configuration from the SIMcart to the HMI. An Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP), similar to this QTP will be performed to test field devices and connections from the field.

  19. 49 CFR 581.7 - Test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ...) Longitudinal impact test procedures. (1) Impact the vehicle's front surface and its rear surface two times each... that it touches, but does not move, the test device, with the vehicle's longitudinal centerline... prior impact, unless the midpoint of the impact line with respect to the vehicle is to be more than...

  20. Parametric Sensitivity Tests- European PEM Fuel Cell Stack Test Procedures

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Araya, Samuel Simon; Andreasen, Søren Juhl; Kær, Søren Knudsen

    2014-01-01

    As fuel cells are increasingly commercialized for various applications, harmonized and industry-relevant test procedures are necessary to benchmark tests and to ensure comparability of stack performance results from different parties. This paper reports the results of parametric sensitivity tests...... performed based on test procedures proposed by a European project, Stack-Test. The sensitivity of a Nafion-based low temperature PEMFC stack’s performance to parametric changes was the main objective of the tests. Four crucial parameters for fuel cell operation were chosen; relative humidity, temperature...

  1. 40 CFR 53.43 - Test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... sampling zone (see § 53.42(d)). To meet the maximum blockage limit of § 53.42(a) or for convenience, part... PM10 § 53.43 Test procedures. (a) Sampling effectiveness—(1) Technical definition. The ratio (expressed... evenly spaced isokinetic samplers in the sampling zone (see § 53.42(d)) of the wind tunnel. Collect...

  2. 10 CFR 474.4 - Test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ...; PETROLEUM-EQUIVALENT FUEL ECONOMY CALCULATION § 474.4 Test procedures. (a) The electric vehicle energy consumption values used in the calculation of petroleum-equivalent fuel economy under § 474.3 of this part will be determined by the Environmental Protection Agency using the Highway Fuel Economy...

  3. 75 FR 37310 - Engine-Testing Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-06-29

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 40 CFR Part 1065 Engine-Testing Procedures CFR Correction In Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1000 to End, revised as of July 1, 2009, on page 675, in Sec. 1065.710, in Table 1,...

  4. 75 FR 34653 - Engine-Testing Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-06-18

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 40 CFR Part 1065 Engine-Testing Procedures CFR Correction In Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1000 to End, revised as of July 1, 2009, on page 587, in Sec. 1065.340, reinstate...

  5. Braking, Wheeled Vehicles. Test Operations Procedure (TOP)

    Science.gov (United States)

    2008-05-20

    shields removed, inspect the internal brake components, perform a camshaft rotation test and record the measurement obtained. c. If with non-removable...preceding 24 months, perform a camshaft rotation test and record the measurement. (2) When proof of wheel removal is not provided, remove brake drum(s...adjustment. Reject the vehicle if: • The adjustment is not within the manufacturer’s specifications. 15. Brake Camshafts Procedure: With

  6. Honeywell Modular Automation System Acceptance Test Procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    STUBBS, A.M.

    1999-09-21

    The purpose of this Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) is to verify the operability of the three new furnaces as controlled by the new Honeywell Modular Automation System (MAS). The Honeywell MAS is being installed in PFP to control the three thermal stabilization furnaces in glovebox HA-211. The ATP provides instructions for testing the configuration of the Honeywell MAS at the Plutonium Finishing Plant(PFP). The test will be a field test of the analog inputs, analog outputs, and software interlocks. The interlock test will check the digital input and outputs. Field equipment will not be connected forth is test. Simulated signals will be used to test thermocouple, limit switch, and vacuum pump inputs to the PLUMAS.

  7. Test Operations Procedure (TOP) 4-2-013 Commodity Engineering Test Procedures, Recoilless Rifle Ammunition

    Science.gov (United States)

    2009-09-22

    External Fire, and Munition Test Procedures. The critical requirements of the STANAG are: (a) The test is done in an enclosed hearth designed...of STANAG 4240. However, the procedures of the STANAG are not amenable to satisfying the TB due to the confinement of the required hearth . c...within the hearth or bonfire. (4) Observations photographs of any reactions such as burning or explosions. TOP 4-2-013 22 September 2009

  8. TMACS test procedure TP009: Acromag driver. Revision 5

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bass, R.B.; Washburn, S.J.

    1994-09-01

    The TMACS Software Project Test Procedures translate the project`s acceptance criteria into test steps. Software releases are certified when the affected Test Procedures are successfully performed and the customers authorize installation of these changes. This Test Procedure addresses the testing of the functionality of the TMACS Acromag driver software in conjunction with a new bridge for the Panalarm Annunciator system.

  9. Operator coil monitoring Acceptance Test Procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Erhart, M.F.

    1995-05-16

    The readiness of the Data Acquisition and Control System (DACS) to provide monitoring and control of the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) abort coils from the Master and RSS stations will be systematically tested during performance of this procedure. It should be noted that these are not physical abort coils but software coils controlled by the software`s ladder logic. The readiness of the DACS to properly interface with the ENRAF wire level gauge installed in the SY-101 storage tank will also be tested. During this test, a verification of all abort coil indications will be conducted at the DACS Development Facility in the 306E Building by injecting an input signal for each DACS sensor that has an associated abort coil until the abort coil actuates, and then ensuring that the status of the abort coil indicated at the Master and RSS stations is correct. Each abort coil will also be tested to ensure that the ``ENABLE`` and ``DISABLE`` controls from the Master and RSS stations function correctly, and only with the use of proper passwords.

  10. TMACS test procedure TP010: Integration summary. Revision 6

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Spurling, D.G.

    1994-09-01

    The TMACS Software Project Test Procedures translate the project`s acceptance criteria into test steps. Software releases are certified when the affected Test Procedures are successfully performed and the customers authorize installation of these changes. This Test Procedure verifies that Test Procedures 1, 2, 3, 5 and 9 (WHC-SD-WM-TRP-105, 106, 107, 109 and 113) of TMACS Software Release 4.1 have been successfully completed.

  11. A statistical procedure for testing financial contagion

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Attilio Gardini

    2013-05-01

    Full Text Available The aim of the paper is to provide an analysis of contagion through the measurement of the risk premia disequilibria dynamics. In order to discriminate among several disequilibrium situations we propose to test contagion on the basis of a two-step procedure: in the first step we estimate the preference parameters of the consumption-based asset pricing model (CCAPM to control for fundamentals and to measure the equilibrium risk premia in different countries; in the second step we measure the differences among empirical risk premia and equilibrium risk premia in order to test cross-country disequilibrium situations due to contagion. Disequilibrium risk premium measures are modelled by the multivariate DCC-GARCH model including a deterministic crisis variable. The model describes simultaneously the risk premia dynamics due to endogenous amplifications of volatility and to exogenous idiosyncratic shocks (contagion, having controlled for fundamentals effects in the first step. Our approach allows us to achieve two goals: (i to identify the disequilibria generated by irrational behaviours of the agents, which cause increasing in volatility that is not explained by the economic fundamentals but is endogenous to financial markets, and (ii to assess the existence of contagion effect defined by exogenous shift in cross-country return correlations during crisis periods. Our results show evidence of contagion from the United States to United Kingdom, Japan, France, and Italy during the financial crisis which started in 2007-08.

  12. Antimicrobial Testing Methods & Procedures Developed by EPA's Microbiology Laboratory

    Science.gov (United States)

    We develop antimicrobial testing methods and standard operating procedures to measure the effectiveness of hard surface disinfectants against a variety of microorganisms. Find methods and procedures for antimicrobial testing.

  13. 49 CFR 219.605 - Positive drug test results; procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION CONTROL OF ALCOHOL AND DRUG USE Random Alcohol and Drug Testing Programs § 219.605 Positive drug test results; procedures. (a) [Reserved] (b) Procedures for administrative... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Positive drug test results; procedures. 219.605...

  14. 40 CFR 87.62 - Test procedure (propulsion engines).

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) CONTROL OF AIR POLLUTION FROM AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRAFT ENGINES Test Procedures for Engine Exhaust Gaseous Emissions (Aircraft and Aircraft Gas Turbine Engines) § 87.62 Test procedure (propulsion... 40 Protection of Environment 20 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Test procedure (propulsion...

  15. 40 CFR 401.13 - Test procedures for measurement.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 28 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 true Test procedures for measurement. 401.13... AND STANDARDS GENERAL PROVISIONS § 401.13 Test procedures for measurement. The test procedures for measurement which are prescribed at part 136 of this chapter shall apply to expressions of pollutant...

  16. 40 CFR 133.104 - Sampling and test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 21 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Sampling and test procedures. 133.104 Section 133.104 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS SECONDARY TREATMENT REGULATION § 133.104 Sampling and test procedures. (a) Sampling and test procedures...

  17. 46 CFR 130.480 - Test procedure and operations manual.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Test procedure and operations manual. 130.480 Section....480 Test procedure and operations manual. (a) A procedure for tests to be conducted on automated... detailed operations manual that describes the operation and indicates the location of each system...

  18. TMACS test procedure TP001: Alarm management. Revision 6

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Scanlan, P.K.

    1994-09-01

    The TMACS Software Project Test Procedures translate the project`s acceptance criteria into test steps. Software releases are certified when the affected Test Procedures are successfully performed and the customers authorize installation of these changes. This Test Procedure addresses the Alarm Management requirements of the TMACS. The features to be tested are: real-time alarming on high and low level and discrete alarms, equipment alarms, dead-band filtering, alarm display color coding, alarm acknowledgement, and alarm logging.

  19. TMACS test procedure TP003: Graphics. Revision 6

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Scanlan, P.K.; Washburn, S.

    1994-09-01

    The TMACS Software Project Test Procedures translate the project`s acceptance criteria into test steps. Software releases are certified when the affected Test Procedures are successfully performed and the customers authorize installation of these changes. This Test Procedure addresses the graphics requirements of the TMACS. The features to be tested are the data display graphics and the graphic elements that provide for operator control and selection of displays.

  20. Military Publications, Index of Test Operations Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    1981-10-01

    checkout equipmerit subtest and an MBGC assembly operacion subtest. Static performance subtests determine accuracy, sensitivity, dead band, drift, cross...opera- tional and functional -erformaice characteristics. Discusses preliminary operacions , facilities, and equipment required. Proviies procedures for

  1. School age test or procedure preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    ... know it's OK to yell, cry, or express pain in another way using sounds or words. Allow your child to practice the positions or movements that will be needed for the procedure, such as the fetal position for a lumbar puncture. Stress the benefits ...

  2. Classroom Testing Procedures for University Students

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WangLirong; YangFeng

    2004-01-01

    Testing and teaching are so closely related that it is virtually impossible to work in either area without being constantly concerned with the other. Testing must accompany English teaching and must reflect how much English know ledgestudents have grasped in a certain phase of English study. Tests should be constructed primarily to reinforce learning, to

  3. 49 CFR 572.144 - Thorax assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 7 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Thorax assembly and test procedure. 572.144...-year-Old Child Crash Test Dummy, Alpha Version § 572.144 Thorax assembly and test procedure. (a) Thorax (upper torso) assembly (refer to § 572.140(a)(1)(iv)). The thorax consists of the upper part of the torso...

  4. 49 CFR 572.124 - Thorax assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 7 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Thorax assembly and test procedure. 572.124...-year-old Child Test Dummy, Beta Version § 572.124 Thorax assembly and test procedure. (a) Thorax (upper torso) assembly. The thorax consists of the part of the torso assembly shown in drawing 127-2000. (b...

  5. 49 CFR 572.164 - Thorax assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 7 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Thorax assembly and test procedure. 572.164... Hybrid III Six-Year-Old Weighted Child Test Dummy § 572.164 Thorax assembly and test procedure. (a) Thorax (upper torso) assembly. The thorax consists of the part of the torso assembly shown in drawing 167...

  6. 49 CFR 572.134 - Thorax assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 7 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Thorax assembly and test procedure. 572.134... Hybrid III 5th Percentile Female Test Dummy, Alpha Version § 572.134 Thorax assembly and test procedure. (a) Thorax (Upper Torso) Assembly (refer to § 572.130(a)(1)(iii)). The thorax consists of the part of...

  7. 40 CFR 60.547 - Test methods and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Test methods and procedures. 60.547 Section 60.547 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS... Manufacturing Industry § 60.547 Test methods and procedures. (a) The test methods in appendix A to this part...

  8. 14 CFR 29.1045 - Climb cooling test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Climb cooling test procedures. 29.1045... AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: TRANSPORT CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Powerplant Cooling § 29.1045 Climb cooling test procedures. (a) Climb cooling tests must be conducted under this section for— (1) Category...

  9. 49 CFR 572.72 - Head assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... in the dummy's midsagittal plane. (4) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no... a test probe conforming to § 572.77(a)(1) at 7 feet per second (fps) according to the test procedure... procedure for the head is as follows: (1) Seat and orient the dummy on a seating surface having a...

  10. Test procedure for boxed waste assay system

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wachter, J. [Los Alamos National Lab., NM (United States)

    1994-12-07

    This document, prepared by Los Alamos National Laboratory`s NMT-4 group, details the test methodology and requirements for Acceptance/Qualification testing of a Boxed Waste Assay System (BWAS) designed and constructed by Pajarito Scientific Corporation. Testing of the BWAS at the Plutonium Facility (TA55) at Los Alamos National Laboratory will be performed to ascertain system adherence to procurement specification requirements. The test program shall include demonstration of conveyor handling capabilities, gamma ray energy analysis, and imaging passive/active neutron accuracy and sensitivity. Integral to these functions is the system`s embedded operating and data reduction software.

  11. 16 CFR 1631.4 - Test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... gloves, remove a test specimen from the desiccator and brush its traffic surface with a gloved hand in... selected sample or over-sized specimens thereof shall be washed, prior to cutting of test specimens after they have been washed and dried either 10 times in accordance with sections 8.2.2, 8.2.3, and...

  12. 16 CFR 1630.4 - Test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ..., remove a test specimen from the desiccator and brush its surface with a gloved hand in such a manner as... selected sample or over-sized specimens thereof shall be washed, prior to cutting of test specimens after they have been washed and dried either 10 times in accordance with sections 8.2.2, 8.2.3, and...

  13. Integrated Performance Testing Workshop - Supplemental Materials (Scripts and Procedures)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Baum, Gregory A.

    2014-02-01

    A variety of performance tests are described relating to: Material Transfers; Emergency Evacuation; Alarm Response Assessment; and an Enhanced Limited Scope Performance Test (ELSPT). Procedures are given for: nuclear material physical inventory and discrepancy; material transfers; and emergency evacuation.

  14. The effect of sample preparation and testing procedure on the ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    The effect of sample preparation and testing procedure on the geotechnical ... of conventional laboratory testing, classification and evaluation systems, which were ... It should not be used to classify them based on conventional methods ...

  15. Antimicrobial Testing Methods & Procedures: MB-17-03

    Science.gov (United States)

    Information about ATMP - SOP Neutralization Confirmation Procedures for the AOAC Use-dilution method (UDM), the AOAC Germicidal Spray Products as Disinfectants Test (GSPT) and the Disinfectant Towelette Test (DTT) - MB-17-03

  16. 16 CFR 1209.5 - Test procedures for corrosiveness.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... REGULATIONS INTERIM SAFETY STANDARD FOR CELLULOSE INSULATION The Standard § 1209.5 Test procedures for corrosiveness. This section prescribes the procedures for determining the corrosiveness of cellulose insulation. Cellulose insulation shall be tested for corrosiveness using the measured settled density, obtained by...

  17. 49 CFR 572.154 - Thorax assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 7 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Thorax assembly and test procedure. 572.154... 12-Month-Old Infant, Alpha Version § 572.154 Thorax assembly and test procedure. (a) Thorax Assembly (refer to § 572.150(a)(1)(iv)) . The thorax consists of the part of the torso assembly shown in drawing...

  18. 49 CFR 572.74 - Thorax assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 7 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Thorax assembly and test procedure. 572.74 Section...-Year-Old Child § 572.74 Thorax assembly and test procedure. (a) Thorax assembly. The thorax consists of... Weld Ass'y.”, dated September 24, 1996). (b) Thorax assembly requirements. When the thorax is impacted...

  19. HOT WATER COMFORT TEST PROCEDURE FOR SOLAR COMBISYSTEMS: PROPOSAL

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Furbo, Simon

    1999-01-01

    A proposal for a test procedure for hot water comfort for solar heating systems for combined space heating and domestic hot water supply was worked out.......A proposal for a test procedure for hot water comfort for solar heating systems for combined space heating and domestic hot water supply was worked out....

  20. 21 CFR 1010.13 - Special test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 8 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Special test procedures. 1010.13 Section 1010.13 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS: GENERAL Alternate Test Procedures §...

  1. 40 CFR 60.444 - Performance test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Performance test procedures. 60.444 Section 60.444 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS... Sensitive Tape and Label Surface Coating Operations § 60.444 Performance test procedures. (a)...

  2. Optimality of the Holm procedure among general step-down multiple testing procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gordon, Alexander Y; Salzman, Peter

    2008-09-15

    We study the class of general step-down multiple testing procedures, which contains the usually considered procedures determined by a nondecreasing sequence of thresholds (we call them threshold step-down, or TSD, procedures) as a parametric subclass. We show that all procedures in this class satisfying the natural condition of monotonicity and controlling the family-wise error rate (FWER) at a prescribed level are dominated by one of them - the classical Holm procedure. This generalizes an earlier result pertaining to the subclass of TSD procedures (Lehmann and Romano, Testing Statistical Hypotheses, 3rd ed., 2005). We also derive a relation between the levels at which a monotone step-down procedure controls the FWER and the generalized FWER (the probability of k or more false rejections).

  3. 40 CFR 91.607 - Test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... weekends or holidays. (iii) If the manufacturer's service or target is less than the minimum rate specified... target. (3) Service accumulation must be completed on a sufficient number of test engines during... nonroad engine sales for the United States market for the applicable year of 7,500 or greater must...

  4. 16 CFR 1201.4 - Test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... test specimen will contact only the neoprene strips, which shall have a shore A durometer hardness of... compression of the neoprene strips shall be between 10 and 15 percent of the original thickness of the neoprene. Securing methods such as wing bolts and clamps shall be uniformly spaced no greater than...

  5. Toward standardization of EAP actuators test procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fernandez, Diego; Moreno, Luis; Baselga, Juan

    2005-05-01

    Since the field of Electroactive Polymers (EAP) actuators is fairly new there are no standard testing processes for such intelligent materials. This drawback can seriously limit the scope of application of EAP actuators, since the targeted industrial sectors (aerospace, biomedical...) demand high reliability and product assurance. As a first iteration two elements are required to define a test standard for an EAP actuator: a Unit Tester, and a Component Specification. In this paper a EAP Unit Tester architecture is presented along with the required classification of measurements to be included in the EAP actuator Component Specification. The proposed EAP Unit Tester allows on-line monitoring and recording of the following properties of the specimen under test: large deformation, small tip displacement, temperature at the electrodes, weight of the specimen, voltage and current driven into the EAP, load being applied to the actuator, output voltage of the EAP in sensing operation and mode of operation (structure/sensor/actuator/smart). The measurements are taken simultaneously, in real-time. The EAP Unit Tester includes a friendly Graphical User Interface. It uses embedded Excel tools to visualize data. In addition, real-time connectivity with MATLAB allows an easy testing of control algorithms. A novel methodology to measure the properties of EAP specimens versus a variable load is also presented. To this purpose a force signals generator in the range of mN was developed. The device is based on a DC mini-motor. It generates an opposing force to the movement of the EAP actuator. Since the device constantly opposes the EAP actuator movement it has been named Digital Force Generator (DFG). The DFG design allows simultaneous length and velocity measuring versus different load signals. By including such a device in the EAP Unit Tester the most suitable application for the specimen under test can be easily identified (vibration damper, large deformation actuator, large

  6. A new approach to household appliance energy test procedures

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ernebrant, S.; Wihlborg, M.

    1999-03-01

    Energy test procedures provides the industry with a method to measure its products energy consumption. The energy test procedures are the technical foundation to every energy standard and labelling system. Depending on which country the product is going to be sold in, the manufacturers must follow different standards. This report concentrates on appliance test procedures, with the main focus on refrigerators. Recently, a new technology -microcontrollers- is undermining the credibility of the test procedures. New features, saving energy in real-life, are not picked up by the test procedures. It is estimated that as much as 30% of energy could be saved with this technology. Microcontrollers have also led to the possibility to circumvent tests. A new model is presented in the report, which handles these energy savings and make it harder cheating on tests. The model divides the test procedure in two parts; hardware tests and software tests, and uses a Matlab/Simulink computer model to calculate the energy consumption. Examples of hardware- and software test methods for refrigerators are described. A refrigerator is used as an example to present the model. The possibility to harmonize the energy standards to one global standard, which could mean substantial savings and make international trade more efficient, is also discussed 24 refs, 30 figs. Examination paper

  7. Test Operations Procedure (TOP) 06-2-301 Wind Testing

    Science.gov (United States)

    2017-06-14

    presentation of data is often dependent upon how the post-test analysis will be conducted. Data can be presented as contour maps, plots, charts ...distribution is unlimited. 13. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES Defense Technical Information Center (DTIC), AD No.: 14. ABSTRACT This Test Operations...specific test requirements and wind testing facility capabilities. When testing large structures, such as towers, the structural analysis team should

  8. Stepwise multiple test procedures and control of directional errors

    OpenAIRE

    1999-01-01

    One of the most difficult problems occurring with stepwise multiple test procedures for a set of two-sided hypotheses is the control of direc-tional errors if rejection of a hypothesis is accomplished with a directional decision. In this paper we generalize a result for so-called step-down procedures derived by Shaffer to a large class of stepwise or closed multiple test procedures. In a unifying way we obtain results for a large class of order statistics procedures includin...

  9. Performance test procedures for thermal collectors - Outdoor testing

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gillett, W. B.

    A review of outdoor solar collector test methods is presented, based largely on the CEC Recommendations for European Solar Collector Test Methods. Test facility design and instrumentation are discussed, with reference to their influence on measured collector efficiencies. Steady state outdoor testing, mixed indoor/outdoor testing and transient testing are reviewed, and it is concluded that although the testing of simple flat plate water heaters is fairly well understood, more work is now required to develop test methods for the new high performance collectors which are coming onto the market.

  10. A Procedure for Linear Polychotomous Scoring of Test Items

    Science.gov (United States)

    1993-10-01

    associated with the response categories of test items . When tests are scored using these scoring weights, test reliability increases. The new procedure is...program POLY. The example demonstrates how polyweighting can be used to calibrate and score test items drawn from an item bank that is too large to

  11. Hanford spent nuclear fuel hot conditioning system test procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cleveland, K.J.

    1997-09-16

    This document provides the test procedures for cold testing of the prototype Hot Conditioning System (HCS) at the 306E Facility. The primary objective of this testing is to confirm design choices and provide data for the detailed design package prior to procurement of the process equipment. The current scope of testing in this document includes a fabricability study of the HCS, equipment performance testing of the HCS components, heat-up and cool-down cycle simulation, and robotic arm testing.

  12. Biaxial testing for fabrics and foils optimizing devices and procedures

    CERN Document Server

    Beccarelli, Paolo

    2015-01-01

    This book offers a well-structured, critical review of current design practice for tensioned membrane structures, including a detailed analysis of the experimental data required and critical issues relating to the lack of a set of design codes and testing procedures. The technical requirements for biaxial testing equipment are analyzed in detail, and aspects that need to be considered when developing biaxial testing procedures are emphasized. The analysis is supported by the results of a round-robin exercise comparing biaxial testing machines that involved four of the main research laboratories in the field. The biaxial testing devices and procedures presently used in Europe are extensively discussed, and information is provided on the design and implementation of a biaxial testing rig for architectural fabrics at Politecnico di Milano, which represents a benchmark in the field. The significance of the most recent developments in biaxial testing is also explored.

  13. 40 CFR 92.123 - Test procedure; general requirements.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) CONTROL OF AIR POLLUTION FROM LOCOMOTIVES AND LOCOMOTIVE ENGINES Test Procedures § 92.... Rust inhibitors and lubrication additives may be used, up to the levels recommended by the...

  14. A Monte Carlo Comparison of Three Optimal Test Scoring Procedures,

    Science.gov (United States)

    theory, with conventional scoring. The effect of the COWS procedures is to differentially weight test items as a function of examine ability and the...item characteristics. Low ability examinees are given very low weights on difficult test items , lowering the effects of guessing, and decreasing test error.

  15. Specifications for Testing Procedures at Svåheia

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Margheritini, Lucia; Kofoed, Jens Peter

    This report is realized in order to define testing procedures of the SSG pilot in Svåheia location. This will be done by listing all the relevant parameters related to the structure performance.......This report is realized in order to define testing procedures of the SSG pilot in Svåheia location. This will be done by listing all the relevant parameters related to the structure performance....

  16. Specifications for Testing Procedures at Svåheia

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Margheritini, Lucia; Kofoed, Jens Peter

    This report is realized in order to define testing procedures of the SSG pilot in Svåheia location. This will be done by listing all the relevant parameters related to the structure performance.......This report is realized in order to define testing procedures of the SSG pilot in Svåheia location. This will be done by listing all the relevant parameters related to the structure performance....

  17. 40 CFR 1065.520 - Pre-test verification procedures and pre-test data collection.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 32 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Pre-test verification procedures and pre-test data collection. 1065.520 Section 1065.520 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Specified Duty Cycles § 1065.520 Pre-test verification procedures and pre-test data collection. (a) If...

  18. 40 CFR 60.564 - Test methods and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... production capacity, feedstock type or catalyst type, or whenever there is replacement, removal, or addition... the necessity of actual testing for purposes of calculating the uncontrolled annual emissions and... appropriate test procedures specified in this section. (1) The uncontrolled annual emissions of the...

  19. 16 CFR 1209.7 - Test procedures for smoldering combustion.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... ACT REGULATIONS INTERIM SAFETY STANDARD FOR CELLULOSE INSULATION The Standard § 1209.7 Test procedures... characteristics of materials used for thermal insulation. This test shall be conducted on materials at the... holder, the necessary amount of insulation is placed inside the extension and the loaded holder shall be...

  20. 16 CFR 1700.20 - Testing procedure for special packaging.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    .... 1700.20 Section 1700.20 Commercial Practices CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION POISON PREVENTION PACKAGING ACT OF 1970 REGULATIONS POISON PREVENTION PACKAGING § 1700.20 Testing procedure for special... participate in a second test, the tester shall have them stand up and stretch for a short time...

  1. Flammable gas interlock spoolpiece flow response test plan and procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Schneider, T.C., Fluor Daniel Hanford

    1997-02-13

    The purpose of this test plan and procedure is to test the Whittaker electrochemical cell and the Sierra Monitor Corp. flammable gas monitors in a simulated field flow configuration. The sensors are used on the Rotary Mode Core Sampling (RMCS) Flammable Gas Interlock (FGI), to detect flammable gases, including hydrogen and teminate the core sampling activity at a predetermined concentration level.

  2. European wind turbine procedure development blade test methods and techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bulder, B.H.; Dam, J.J.D. van; Delft, D.R.V. van [and others

    1999-03-01

    In this paper the preliminary results obtained by performing the second task of the `European Wind Turbine Testing Procedure Development` project are presented. This project is performed within and with financial support of the Standards, Measurements and Testing programme of the European Commission. (au)

  3. The Testing Effect for Learning Principles and Procedures from Texts

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Dirkx, Kim; Kester, Liesbeth; Kirschner, Paul A.

    2016-01-01

    The authors explored whether a testing effect occurs not only for retention of facts but also for application of principles and procedures. For that purpose, 38 high school students either repeatedly studied a text on probability calculations or studied the text, took a test on the content, restudie

  4. Testing Procedure for the Single Fiber Fragmentation Test

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Feih, Stefanie; Wonsyld, Karen; Minzari, Daniel

    This report describes the details of the single fiber fragmentation test as conducted at the materials research department (AFM) at Risø. The equipment and specimen manufacture is described in detail. Furthermore, examples of results interpretation are given. For the experiments in this report......, specimens with one E-glass fiber placed inside an epoxy or polyester matrix were used. Elongating the specimens with a mini tensile tester, which was placed under a microscope, leads to fiber fragmentations. Different bonding strengths between fiber and matrix result in differences in the critical fracture...

  5. Landing Procedure in Model Ditching Tests of Bf 109

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sottorf, W.

    1949-01-01

    The purpose of the model tests is to clarify the motions in the alighting on water of a land plane. After discussion of the model laws, the test method and test procedure are described. The deceleration-time-diagrams of the landing of a model of the Bf 109 show a high deceleration peek of greater than 20g which can be lowered to 4 to 6g by radiator cowling and brake skid.

  6. A new general pressure-analysis procedure for slug tests

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Peres, A.M.M.; Onur, M.; Reynolds, A.C. (Univ. of Tulsa, OK (United States))

    1993-12-01

    A new analysis procedure for determining formation flow capacity and skin factor from slug-test data is presented. The procedure arises from exact deconvolution equations that convert measured slug-test pressure data into equivalent pressure and pressure-derivative responses that would be obtained if the well were produced at a constant surface flow rate. The converted data then can be analyzed by use of existing wellbore-storage and skin type curves for the particular reservoir or well model represented by the field data. For cases where the slug test is short, the authors show that flow rate convolution can be incorporated to improve analysis reliability. The analysis procedures do not require direct knowledge of the sandface flow rate.

  7. European wind turbine testing procedure developments. Task 2: Power quality

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sørensen, Poul Ejnar; Friis Pedersen, Troels; Gerdes, G.;

    2001-01-01

    The present report describes the work done in the power quality subtask of the European Wind Turbine Testing Procedure Developments project funded by the EU SMT program. The objective of the power quality subtask has been to make recommendations andprovide background for new standards...... for measurement and testing of wind turbine power quality. The focus in the work has been to support the ongoing standardisation work in IEC with a new standard IEC61400-21 for measurement and assessment of powerquality characteristics of grid connected wind turbines. The work has also been based on the power...... quality measuremnet procedure in the Measnet cooperation of European test stations for wind turbines. The first working item of the project has been toverify the state of the art of the measurement procedures by analyses and comparisons of the measurements and data processing software of the participating...

  8. HC-21C off-gas test procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cunningham, L.T.

    1994-12-14

    The goal of this test plan is to determine the cause and location of water formation in the sludge stabilization off-gas system. The results should help determine what design improvements or processing steps will be implemented to prevent this phenomena from occurring in the future. This test procedure will include a series of tests to determine where and why liquid is condensing in the HC-21C furnace off-gas system. The tests will take a sequential, graded approach and may be concluded one the results have satisfactorily resolved the problem.

  9. 21 CFR 355.70 - Testing procedures for fluoride dentifrice drug products.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Testing procedures for fluoride dentifrice drug... Procedures § 355.70 Testing procedures for fluoride dentifrice drug products. (a) A fluoride dentifrice drug... biological tests are labeled Biological Testing Procedures for Fluoride Dentifrices; these testing procedures...

  10. 10 CFR 431.242 - Test Procedures [Reserved

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... 10 Energy 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Test Procedures 431.242 Section 431.242 Energy DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY ENERGY CONSERVATION ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL... upstream of the draft control device of an individual, automatically operated, fossil fuel-fired...

  11. 40 CFR 87.5 - Special test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 20 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Special test procedures. 87.5 Section 87.5 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) CONTROL OF AIR POLLUTION FROM AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRAFT ENGINES General Provisions § 87.5 Special...

  12. 40 CFR 205.57-4 - Testing procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Testing procedures. 205.57-4 Section 205.57-4 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) NOISE ABATEMENT PROGRAMS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT NOISE EMISSION CONTROLS Medium and Heavy Trucks § 205.57-4...

  13. 40 CFR 600.111-93 - Test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... recorded. (i) For methanol dual fuel automobiles, the procedures of § 600.111 (a) and (b) shall be performed for each of the required test fuels: (1) Gasoline or diesel fuel as specified in § 600.107 (a) and... 600.111-93 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) ENERGY POLICY FUEL...

  14. 40 CFR 136.5 - Approval of alternate test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... data submitted by the applicant and any available EPA analysis of those data. (4) Following a period of... PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) GUIDELINES ESTABLISHING TEST PROCEDURES FOR THE ANALYSIS OF POLLUTANTS § 136.5... is complete. If the application is incomplete, the applicant shall be informed of the...

  15. 40 CFR 60.224 - Test methods and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... (CONTINUED) STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES Standards of Performance for the Phosphate Fertilizer Industry: Diammonium Phosphate Plants § 60.224 Test methods and procedures. (a) In conducting the.../hr). K=conversion factor, 1000 mg/g (7,000 gr/lb). (2) Method 13A or 13B shall be used to...

  16. Empirical testing of forecast update procedure forseasonal products

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wong, Chee Yew; Johansen, John

    2008-01-01

    of a toy supply chain. The theoretical simulation involves historical weekly consumer demand data for 122 toy products. The empirical test is then carried out in real-time with 291 toy products. The results show that the proposed forecast updating procedure: 1) reduced forecast errors of the annual...

  17. 40 CFR 610.64 - Track test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... either a volumetric or gravimetric procedure approved by the Administrator. (5) Vehicle speed and... truck or trailer. (4) Fuel economy will be determined by either a gravimetric or volumetric method. (c... in dynamometer tests (§ 610.43(b)). Fuel economy will be measured by gravimetric or...

  18. 40 CFR 60.736 - Test methods and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Test methods and procedures. 60.736 Section 60.736 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES Standards of Performance for Calciners...

  19. High-Frequency Axial Fatigue Test Procedures for Spectrum Loading

    Science.gov (United States)

    2016-07-20

    REPORT NO: NAWCADPAX/TIM-2016/49 HIGH - FREQUENCY AXIAL FATIGUE TEST PROCEEDURES FOR SPECTRUM LOADING by David T. Rusk, AIR...OF THE NAVY NAVAL AIR WARFARE CENTER AIRCRAFT DIVISION PATUXENT RIVER, MARYLAND NAWCADPAX/TIM-2016/49 20 July 2016 HIGH - FREQUENCY AXIAL...Technical Information Memorandum 3. DATES COVERED 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE High - Frequency Axial Fatigue Test Procedures for Spectrum Loading

  20. AP-102/104 Retrieval control system qualification test procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    RIECK, C.A.

    1999-05-18

    This Qualification Test Procedure documents the results of the qualification testing that was performed on the Project W-211, ''Initial Tank Retrieval Systems,'' retrieval control system (RCS) for tanks 241-AP-102 and 241-AP-104. The results confirm that the RCS has been programmed correctly and that the two related hardware enclosures have been assembled in accordance with the design documents.

  1. 76 FR 59574 - Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs: Federal Drug Testing...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-09-27

    ... Alcohol Testing Programs: Federal Drug Testing Custody and Control Form; Technical Amendment AGENCY... of a new Federal Drug Testing Custody and Control Form (CCF) in its drug testing program. Use of the... amendment to its drug testing procedures by amending a provision of the rule which was inadvertently omitted...

  2. Test Procedure for Axially Loaded Piles in Sand

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thomassen, Kristina

    The test procedure described in the following is used when examining the effects of static or cyclic loading on the skin friction of an axially loaded pile in dense sand. The pile specimen is only loaded in tension to avoid any contribution from the base resistance. The pile dimensions are chosen...... to resemble full scale dimension of piles used in offshore pile foundations today. In this report is given a detailed description of the soil preparation and pile installation procedures as well data acquisition methods....

  3. 100 Area soil washing bench-scale test procedures

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Freeman, H.D.; Gerber, M.A.; Mattigod, S.V.; Serne, R.J.

    1993-03-01

    This document describes methodologies and procedures for conducting soil washing treatability tests in accordance with the 100 Area Soil Washing Treatability Test Plan (DOE-RL 1992, Draft A). The objective of this treatability study is to evaluate the use of physical separation systems and chemical extraction methods as a means of separating chemically and radioactively contaminated soil fractions from uncontaminated soil fractions. These data will be primarily used for determining feasibility of the individual unit operations and defining the requirements for a system, or systems, for pilot-scale testing.

  4. Test Report for Acceptance Test Procedure for Pumping and Instrumentation Control Skid ''K''

    CERN Document Server

    Johns, B R

    1999-01-01

    This is a Test Report for Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) HNF-4276. This test report provides the results of the inspection and testing of the new Pumping and Instrumentation Control (PIC) skid designed as ''K''. The ATP was successfully completed. A copy of the completed ATP is in the Appendix of this document.

  5. Test Report for Acceptance Test Procedure for Pumping Instrumentation and Control Skid N

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    KOCH, M.R.

    2000-02-03

    This is a Test Report for Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) RPP-5489. This test report provides the results of the inspection and testing of the new Pumping Instrumentation and Control (PIC) skid designed as ''N''. The ATP was successfully completed. A copy of the completed ATP is in the Appendix of this document.

  6. Test Report for Acceptance Test Procedure for Pumping Instrumentation and Control Skid L

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    KOCH, M.R.

    1999-11-09

    This is a Test Report for Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) RPP-5055. This test report provides the results of the inspection and testing of the new Pumping Instrumentation and Control (PIC) skid designed as ''L''. The ATP was successfully completed. A copy of the completed ATP is in the Appendix of this document.

  7. Loss on Ignition Furnace Acceptance and Operability Test Procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    JOHNSON, D.C.

    2000-06-01

    The purpose of this Acceptance Test Procedure and Operability Test Procedure (ATP/OTP)is to verify the operability of newly installed LOI equipment, including a model 1608FL CM{trademark} Furnace, a dessicator, and balance. The operability of the furnace will be verified. The arrangement of the equipment placed in Glovebox 157-3/4 to perform Loss on Ignition (LOI) testing on samples supplied from the Thermal Stabilization line will be verified. In addition to verifying proper operation of the furnace, this ATP/OTP will also verify the air flow through the filters, verify a damper setting to establish and maintain the required differential pressure between the glovebox and the room pressure, and test the integrity of the newly installed HEPA filter. In order to provide objective evidence of proper performance of the furnace, the furnace must heat 15 crucibles, mounted on a crucible rack, to 1000 C, according to a program entered into the furnace controller located outside the glovebox. The glovebox differential pressure will be set to provide the 0.5 to 2.0 inches of water (gauge) negative pressure inside the glovebox with an airflow of 100 to 125 cubic feet per minute (cfm) through the inlet filter. The glovebox inlet Glfilter will he flow tested to ensure the integrity of the filter connections and the efficiency of the filter medium. The newly installed windows and glovebox extension, as well as all disturbed joints, will be sonically tested via ultra probe to verify no leaks are present. The procedure for DOS testing of the filter is found in Appendix A.

  8. Project W-049H collection system Acceptance Test Procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Carrigan, M.C. [Westinghouse Hanford Co., Richland, WA (United States)

    1994-11-11

    The purpose of this Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) for the Project W-049H, Treated Effluent Disposal Facility, is to verify that the collection system equipment installed as Pump Station No. 1 (225-W) and Pump Station No. 2 (225-E) have been installed in accordance with the design documents and function as required by the project criteria. This will be a wet test with potable water being introduced into the pump pits to test for leakage. Potable water will also be employed in the testing of the pumps and related mechanical equipment. All Instrument and Control equipment related to the pump stations will be checked electronically with simulated inputs/outputs when actual input/output signals are unavailable. Water from Pump Station 1 will be moved through the TEDF piping system and discharged into the disposal ponds. This will check the proper function of the air/vac valves not tested during construction, and the automated samplers.

  9. 16 CFR 1632.4 - Mattress test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... 16 Commercial Practices 2 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Mattress test procedure. 1632.4 Section 1632.4 Commercial Practices CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION FLAMMABLE FABRICS ACT REGULATIONS STANDARD...) / hr cm2 °C/cm (0.24±0.04 Btu/hr ft2 °F/in) at 23.9 °C (75 °F). 1 1 Glass fiberboard that meets Federal...

  10. 49 CFR 572.123 - Neck assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... time to 5 N-m (3.7 ft-lbf) between 103 ms and 123 ms. (iii) The moment shall be calculated by the... moment shall decay for the first time to −5 N-m (−3.7 ft-lbf) between 123 ms and 147 ms. (iii) The moment... contact between the pendulum striker plate and the honeycomb material. (c) Test procedure. The...

  11. Study on service test procedure for SMES systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ren, L., E-mail: rl8868@126.co [R and D Center of Applied Superconductivity, Huazhong University of Science and Technology, Wuhan 430074 (China); Tang, Y.; Li, J.; Shi, J. [R and D Center of Applied Superconductivity, Huazhong University of Science and Technology, Wuhan 430074 (China); Hu, Y. [State Grid Electric Power Research Institute, Wuhan 430074 (China); Guo, F.; Chen, L.; Cheng, S. [R and D Center of Applied Superconductivity, Huazhong University of Science and Technology, Wuhan 430074 (China)

    2009-10-15

    Some superconducting magnetic energy storage (SMES) systems have been developed successfully, and the function of them was verified by experiment. Considering the impact on the system security and stability when they are connected to the power system, it is important to build a standard test procedure and propose the main experimental contents for some representative superconducting devices. Based on the experimental results of a 35 kJ/7 kW conduction-cooled high-T{sub c} SMES system, which was developed by Huazhong University of Science and Technology, the test items and methods for a conduction-cooled high-T{sub c} SMES system are studied. For performance evaluation of this high-T{sub c} SMES, three superconducting magnet performance tests, power conditioning characteristic test and dynamic experiment in a simulated power system were fulfilled.

  12. Lightning arrestor connector lead magnesium niobate qualification pellet test procedures.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tuohig, W. (Honeywell FM& T, Kansas City, MO); Mahoney, Patrick A.; Tuttle, Bruce Andrew; Wheeler, Jill Susanne

    2009-02-01

    Enhanced knowledge preservation for DOE DP technical component activities has recently received much attention. As part of this recent knowledge preservation effort, improved documentation of the sample preparation and electrical testing procedures for lead magnesium niobate--lead titanate (PMN/PT) qualification pellets was completed. The qualification pellets are fabricated from the same parent powders used to produce PMN/PT lightning arrestor connector (LAC) granules at HWF&T. In our report, the procedures for fired pellet surface preparation, electrode deposition, electrical testing and data recording are described. The dielectric measurements described in our report are an information only test. Technical reasons for selecting the electrode material, electrode size and geometry are presented. The electrical testing is based on measuring the dielectric constant and dissipation factor of the pellet during cooling from 280 C to 220 C. The most important data are the temperature for which the peak dielectric constant occurs (Curie Point temperature) and the peak dielectric constant magnitude. We determined that the peak dielectric constant for our procedure would be that measured at 1 kHz at the Curie Point. Both the peak dielectric constant and the Curie point parameters provide semi-quantitative information concerning the chemical and microstructural homogeneity of the parent material used for the production of PMN/PT granules for LACs. Finally, we have proposed flag limits for the dielectric data for the pellets. Specifically, if the temperature of the peak dielectric constant falls outside the range of 250 C {+-} 30 C we propose that a flag limit be imposed that will initiate communication between production agency and design agency personnel. If the peak dielectric constant measured falls outside the range 25,000 {+-} 10,000 we also propose that a flag limit be imposed.

  13. Reliability Testing Procedure for MEMS IMUs Applied to Vibrating Environments

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Aurelio Somà

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available The diffusion of micro electro-mechanical systems (MEMS technology applied to navigation systems is rapidly increasing, but currently, there is a lack of knowledge about the reliability of this typology of devices, representing a serious limitation to their use in aerospace vehicles and other fields with medium and high requirements. In this paper, a reliability testing procedure for inertial sensors and inertial measurement units (IMU based on MEMS for applications in vibrating environments is presented. The sensing performances were evaluated in terms of signal accuracy, systematic errors, and accidental errors; the actual working conditions were simulated by means of an accelerated dynamic excitation. A commercial MEMS-based IMU was analyzed to validate the proposed procedure. The main weaknesses of the system have been localized by providing important information about the relationship between the reliability levels of the system and individual components.

  14. Round robin testing of a percolation column leaching procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Geurts, Roeland; Spooren, Jeroen; Quaghebeur, Mieke; Broos, Kris; Kenis, Cindy; Debaene, Luc

    2016-09-01

    Round robin test results of a percolation column leaching procedure (CEN/TS 14405:2004), organised by the Flemish Institute for Technological Research (VITO), over a time span of 13years with a participation of between 8 and 18 different laboratories are presented and discussed. Focus is on the leachability of heavy metals As, Cd, Cr, Cu, Hg, Ni, Pb and Zn from mineral waste materials. By performing statistical analyses on the obtained results, insight into the reproducibility and repeatability of the column leaching test is gathered. A ratio of 1:3 between intra- and inter-laboratory variability is found. The reproducibility of the eluates' element concentrations differ significantly between elements, materials and fractions (i.e. different liquid-to-solid ratios). The reproducibility is discussed in light of the application of the column leaching test for legal and environmental policy purposes. In addition, the performances of laboratories are compared.

  15. Project W-314 performance mock-up test procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    CARRATT, R.T.

    1999-06-24

    The purpose of this Procedure is to assist construction in the pre-operational fabrication and testing of the pit leak detection system and the low point drain assembly by: (1) Control system testing of the pit leak detection system will be accomplished by actuating control switches and verifying that the control signal is initiated, liquid testing and overall operational requirements stated in HNF-SD-W314-PDS-003, ''Project Development Specification for Pit Leak Detection''. (2) Testing of the low point floor drain assembly by opening and closing the drain to and from the ''retracted'' and ''sealed'' positions. Successful operation of this drain will be to verify that the seal does not leak on the ''sealed'' position, the assembly holds liquid until the leak detector actuates and the assembly will operate from on top of the mock-up cover block.

  16. Acceptance test procedure for Project W-049H

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Buckles, D.I. [Westinghouse Hanford Co., Richland, WA (United States)

    1994-09-29

    The Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) program for Project W-049H (200 Area Treated Effluent Disposal Facility [TEDF]) covers three activities as follows: (1) Disposal System; (2) Collection System; and (3) Instrumentation and Control System. Each activity has its own ATP. The purpose of the ATPs is to reverify that the systems have been constructed in accordance with the construction documents and to demonstrate that the systems function as required by the Project criteria. The Disposal System ATP covers the testing of the following: disposal line flowmeters, room air temperatures in the Disposal Station Sampling Building, effluent valves and position indicators, disposal pond level monitors, automated sampler, pressure relief valves, and overflow diversion sluice gates. The Collection System ATP covers the testing of the two pump stations and all equipment installed therein. The Instrumentation and Control (I and C) ATP covers the testing of the entire TEDF I and C system. This includes 3 OCS units, modem, and GPLI cabinets in the ETC control room; 2 pump stations; disposal station sampling building; and all LCUs installed in the field.

  17. Zirconium pressure tube testing: Test procedures, Production Assurance Program (Project H-700)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zaloudek, F.R.; Lewis, M. [Pacific Northwest Lab., Richland, WA (United States)

    1986-06-01

    UNC Nuclear Industries (UNC) has initiated a plan for the fabrication of zirconium alloy pressure tubes required for the future operation of N-Reactor. As part of this plan, UNC is establishing a program to qualify and develop a process capable of fabricating these pressure tubes to the requirements of UNC specification HWS 6502, REV. 4, Amendment 1. The objective of the Pressure Tube Testing Task is to support the UNC program-by performing physical, mechanical and chemical testing on prototype tube sections produced during FY-1986, 1987 and 1988 and to test samples from production runs after 1988 as may be required. The types of tests included in the Zirconium Pressure Tube Testing Program will be as follows: tensile tests; burst tests; fracture toughness tests; corrosion tests; chemical composition analyses; grain structure evaluations. The purpose of this document is to define the procedures that will be used in each type of test included in this task.

  18. Refractory Metal Heat Pipe Life Test - Test Plan and Standard Operating Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Martin, J. J.; Reid, R. S.

    2010-01-01

    Refractory metal heat pipes developed during this project shall be subjected to various operating conditions to evaluate life-limiting corrosion factors. To accomplish this objective, various parameters shall be investigated, including the effect of temperature and mass fluence on long-term corrosion rate. The test series will begin with a performance test of one module to evaluate its performance and to establish the temperature and power settings for the remaining modules. The performance test will be followed by round-the-clock testing of 16 heat pipes. All heat pipes shall be nondestructively inspected at 6-month intervals. At longer intervals, specific modules will be destructively evaluated. Both the nondestructive and destructive evaluations shall be coordinated with Los Alamos National Laboratory. During the processing, setup, and testing of the heat pipes, standard operating procedures shall be developed. Initial procedures are listed here and, as hardware is developed, will be updated, incorporating findings and lessons learned.

  19. Test plan/procedure for the checkout of the USA cable communications test configuration for the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) tests

    Science.gov (United States)

    Perry, J. C.

    1975-01-01

    A series of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) tests were conducted in May, 1975 in the Soviet Union. The purpose of the EMC tests was to determine the effects of the operating environment of the Soviet aircraft, Soyuz, upon the electrical performance of the USA's cable communications equipment located in Soyuz. The test procedures necessary to check out the cable communications test configuration in preparation for the EMC tests are presented.

  20. Phased Startup Initiative Phase 3 Test Procedure (OCRWM)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    PAJUNEN, A.L.

    2000-05-10

    The purpose of this test procedure is to safely operate the Fuel Retrieval System (FRS) and Integrated Water Treatment System (IWTS) with specific fuel canisters, and show that canisters containing fuel can be retrieved from the canister queue, decapped in the Canister Decapper, loaded into the Primary Clean Machine (PCM) for fuel cleaning, fuel sorted on the Process Table, then loaded back into fuel canisters and relocated in Basin Storage. Additional Data are collected during this test, beyond that collected during production operations. These data support qualifying the cleaning performance of the PCM, assessing the quantity of scrap generated during the cleaning, and evaluating the impact of fuel retrieval operations on the Basin water quality. The additional data collected primarily consist of weighing fuel and scrap at selected points in the operation, as well as photographing fuel and scrap as it is processed. The time to perform operations is also monitored for comparison with design predictions. Water quality data are collected to establish a base line to predict the effectiveness of equipment design for control of contamination and visibility during production operation.

  1. Test Operations Procedure (TOP) 02-2-820 Tactical Vehicle Climate Control Testing

    Science.gov (United States)

    2017-03-31

    Final 3. DATES COVERED (From - To) 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE Test Operations Procedure (TOP) 02-2-820 Tactical Vehicle Climate Control Testing 5a...ORGANIZATION NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) U.S. Army Aberdeen Test Center ATTN: TEDT-AT-ADI 400 Colleran Road Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21005-5059 8...U.S. Army Test and Evaluation Command 2202 Aberdeen Boulevard Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21005-5001 10. SPONSOR/MONITOR’S ACRONYM(S) 11

  2. The Hydraulic Test Procedure for Non-instrumented Irradiation Test Rig of Annular Fuel

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kim, Dae Ho; Lee, Kang Hee; Shin, Chang Hwan; Park, Chan Kook

    2008-08-15

    This report presents the procedure of pressure drop test, vibration test and endurance test for the non-instrumented rig using the irradiation test in HANARO of advanced PWR annular fuel which were designed and fabricated by KAERI. From the out-pile thermal hydraulic tests, confirm the flow rate at the 200 kPa pressure drop and measure the RMS displacement at this time. And the endurance test is confirmed the wear and the integrity of the non-instrumented rig at the 110% design flow rate. This out-pile test perform the Flow-Induced Vibration and Pressure Drop Experimental Tester(FIVPET) facility. The instruments in FIVPET facility was calibrated in KAERI and the pump and the thermocouple were certified by manufacturer.

  3. 34 CFR 668.145 - Test approval procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... test publisher, the Secretary selects experts in the field of educational testing and assessment, who possess appropriate advanced degrees and experience in test development or psychometric research,...

  4. Procedures for Identifying and Selecting a Minimum Competency Test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wildemuth, Barbara

    1979-01-01

    Describes the steps that a school district should follow in the first stages of implementing a minimum competency testing program: preparatory activities, defining the project, identifying existing tests, evaluating tests, developing a local test, and sharing knowledge. (Author)

  5. AIChe equipment testing procedure centrifugal compressors : a guide to performance evaluation and site testing

    CERN Document Server

    AIChE

    2013-01-01

    With its engineer-tested procedures and thorough explanations, Centrifugal Compressors is an essential text for anyone engaged in implementing new technology in equipment design, identifying process problems, and optimizing equipment performance.  This condensed book presents a step by step approach to preparing for, planning, executing, and analyzing tests of centrifugal compressors, with an emphasis on methods that can be conducted on-site and with an acknowledgement of the strengths and limitations of these methods. The book opens with an extensive and detailed section offering definitions

  6. 40 CFR 86.150-98 - Refueling test procedure; overview.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... Regulations for 1977 and Later Model Year New Light-Duty Vehicles and New Light-Duty Trucks and New Otto-Cycle... motor vehicle shall be functioning during all procedures in this subpart except: (1) In cases...

  7. Antimicrobial Testing Methods & Procedures: MB-10-05

    Science.gov (United States)

    Describes the procedures used to log-in, prepare, and evaluate the quality of media and reagents used in microbiological assays by the Microbiology Laboratory Branch (MLB), for use in the quality evaluation of media and reagents used by MLB.

  8. 77 FR 21038 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Light-Emitting Diode Lamps

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-04-09

    ... Parts 429 and 430 RIN 1904-AC67 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Light-Emitting Diode... light-emitting diode (LED) lamps to support implementation of labeling provisions by the Federal Trade... procedures. This rulemaking establishes test procedures that manufacturers of light-emitting diode (LED...

  9. 78 FR 45010 - Modifications to the Disability Determination Procedures; Extension of Testing of Some Disability...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-07-25

    ... ADMINISTRATION Modifications to the Disability Determination Procedures; Extension of Testing of Some Disability... involving modifications to the disability determination procedures. SUMMARY: We are announcing the extension of tests involving modifications to disability determination procedures authorized by 20 CFR 404.906...

  10. 77 FR 35464 - Modifications to the Disability Determination Procedures; Extension of Testing of Some Disability...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-06-13

    ... ADMINISTRATION Modifications to the Disability Determination Procedures; Extension of Testing of Some Disability... Involving Modifications to the Disability Determination Procedures. SUMMARY: We are announcing the extension of tests involving modifications to disability determination procedures authorized by 20 CFR 404.906...

  11. 49 CFR 572.166 - Knees and knee impact test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 7 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Knees and knee impact test procedure. 572.166... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CONTINUED) ANTHROPOMORPHIC TEST DEVICES Hybrid III Six-Year-Old Weighted Child Test Dummy § 572.166 Knees and knee impact test procedure....

  12. 49 CFR 572.126 - Knees and knee impact test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ...-year-old Child Test Dummy, Beta Version § 572.126 Knees and knee impact test procedure. (a) Knee... procedure in section 572.127(c), the peak resistance force as measured with the test probe mounted... exterior surface. (3) Align the test probe so that throughout its stroke and at contact with the knee it...

  13. PDSS/IMC qualification test software acceptance procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    1984-01-01

    Tests to be performed for qualifying the payload development support system image motion compensator (IMC) are identified. The performance of these tests will verify the IMC interfaces and thereby verify the qualification test software.

  14. A Practical Procedure for the Construction and Reliability Analysis of Fixed Length Tests with Random Drawn Test Items

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Draaijer, S.; Klinkenberg, S.

    2015-01-01

    A procedure to construct valid and fair fixed-length tests with randomly drawn items from an item bank is described. The procedure provides guidelines for the set-up of a typical achievement test with regard to the number of items in the bank and the number of items for each position in a test. Furt

  15. 77 FR 24341 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Washers; Correction

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-04-24

    ... Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Washers; Correction AGENCY: Office... energy conservation standards until the compliance date of any amended standards. In the preamble to the... Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Energy conservation,...

  16. 47 CFR 11.61 - Tests of EAS procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... and 8:30 a.m. They will originate from Local or State Primary sources. The time and script content... monitoring a state or local primary source to participate in testing. Tests should be performed on 10% of all... message when transmitting the required weekly test. (3) Periodic National Tests. National Primary...

  17. Test of Picture-Text Amalgams in Procedural Texts.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stone, David Edey

    Designed to assess how people read and comprehend information presented in picture-text amalgams in procedural texts, this instrument presents various combinations of text information and illustrative information on slides. Subjects are assigned to one of four conditions and directed to follow the instructions presented on the slides. Videotapes…

  18. 40 CFR 60.285 - Test methods and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... cleanup solvent instead of acetone in the sample recovery procedure. The particulate concentration shall... dscm (31.8 dscf). Water shall be used instead of acetone in the sample recovery. (3) Process data shall.../hr (dscf/hr). P=black liquor solids feed or pulp production rate, kg/hr (ton/hr). (2) Method 16...

  19. 40 CFR 136.3 - Identification of test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ....14 3 DCP See footnote 34 37. Nickel—Total,4 mg/L Digestion 4 followed by: AA direct aspiration 36... EPA Method 200.2 or an approved alternate procedure (e.g., CEM microwave digestion, which may be used..., “Precision and Recovery Statements for Methods for Measuring Metals.” 36 Microwave-assisted digestion may...

  20. Comparison of Real World Energy Consumption to Models and Department of Energy Test Procedures

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Goetzler, William [Navigant Consulting, Inc., Burlington, MA (United States); Sutherland, Timothy [Navigant Consulting, Inc., Burlington, MA (United States); Kar, Rahul [Navigant Consulting, Inc., Burlington, MA (United States); Foley, Kevin [Navigant Consulting, Inc., Burlington, MA (United States)

    2011-09-01

    This study investigated the real-world energy performance of appliances and equipment as it compared with models and test procedures. The study looked to determine whether the U.S. Department of Energy and industry test procedures actually replicate real world conditions, whether performance degrades over time, and whether installation patterns and procedures differ from the ideal procedures. The study first identified and prioritized appliances to be evaluated. Then, the study determined whether real world energy consumption differed substantially from predictions and also assessed whether performance degrades over time. Finally, the study recommended test procedure modifications and areas for future research.

  1. 49 CFR 572.133 - Neck assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CONTINUED) ANTHROPOMORPHIC TEST DEVICES... between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. (2) Torque the jam nut (drawing...

  2. 40 CFR 86.127-12 - Test procedures; overview.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... prescribed sequences of fueling, parking, and operating test conditions. Vehicles are tested for any or all... dry air (approximately 40 percent relative humidity); (iii) Simulated solar heat intensity of 850...

  3. Antimicrobial Testing Methods & Procedures: MB-31-03

    Science.gov (United States)

    Information about ATMP - SOP Quantitative Disk Carrier Test Method (QCT-2) Modified for Testing Antimicrobial Products Against Spores of Clostridium difficile (ATCC 43598) on Inanimate, Hard, Non-porous Surfaces - MB-31-03

  4. A minimax procedure in the context of sequential mastery testing

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Vos, Hendrik J.

    1999-01-01

    The purpose of this paper is to derive optimal rules for sequential mastery tests. In a sequential mastery test, the decision is to classify a subject as a master or a nonmaster, or to continue sampling and administering another random test item. The framework of minimax sequential decision theory (

  5. 78 FR 75961 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Electric Motors

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-12-13

    ... for Electric Motors; Final Rule #0;#0;Federal Register / Vol. 78 , No. 240 / Friday, December 13, 2013... Program: Test Procedures for Electric Motors AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy... efficiency test procedures for electric motors to allow currently unregulated motors to be tested...

  6. 78 FR 4015 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Microwave Ovens

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-01-18

    ... RIN 1904-AB78 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Microwave Ovens AGENCY: Office of...) to amend the test procedures for microwave ovens. That SNOPR proposed amendments to the DOE test... measuring the standby mode and off mode energy use of products that combine a microwave oven with other...

  7. 40 CFR Appendix I to Subpart V of... - Recommended Test Procedures and Test Criteria and Recommended Durability Procedures To...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... mark position When stabilized for four hours at room temperature, the relative position of the thermostatic coil outer tang or loop and the index mark, when corrected to 24 °C (75 °F), shall be within ±5... operate easily without binding when operated manually. 2. Durability Procedures a. Set up a bench ignition...

  8. Tank Monitoring and Control System (TMACS) Acceptance Test Procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    BARNES, D.A.

    2000-06-01

    The purpose of this document is to describe tests performed to validate Revision 12.0 of the TMACS Monitor and Control System (TMACS) and verify that the software functions as intended by design. This document is intended to test the software portion of TMACS. The tests will be performed on the development system. The software to be tested is the TMACS knowledge bases (KB) and the I/O driver/services. The development system will not be communicating to field equipment; instead, the field equipment is simulated using emulators or multiplexers in the lab.

  9. System Service Test Operations Procedure ’Tool Sets’.

    Science.gov (United States)

    compatibility with related equipment, transportability, maintainability, and reliability. It provides guidance for evaluation of maintenance of the test items with an analysis method for evaluating maintenance literature. (Author)

  10. 49 CFR 219.611 - Test result indicating prohibited alcohol concentration; procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... concentration; procedures. 219.611 Section 219.611 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation... concentration; procedures. Procedures for administrative handling by the railroad in the event an employee's confirmation test indicates an alcohol concentration of .04 or greater are set forth in § 219.104. ...

  11. 40 CFR 90.404 - Test procedure overview.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... measurement device. The exhaust gases generated during engine operation are sampled either raw or dilute and... fuel consumption. For Phase 2 Class I-B, Class I, and Class II natural gas fueled engines the test is also designed to determine the brake-specific emissions of non-methane hydrocarbons. The test...

  12. 40 CFR 61.174 - Test methods and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... compliance with § 61.172(c), the owner or operator shall conduct emission tests and reduce the test data in... existing copper converter or a copper converter that has an initial startup date preceding the effective... copper converter, initial startup of which occurs after the effective date, or (3) At such other times...

  13. 21 CFR 352.72 - General testing procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-04-01

    ... minimally; always tans well (moderate brown) (normal). V—Rarely burns; tans profusely (dark brown... advance by the investigator. From this panel, at least 20 subjects must produce valid data for analysis... exposure. (i) Rejection of test data. Test data shall be rejected if the exposure series fails to elicit...

  14. Tank Monitoring and Control Sys (TMACS) Acceptance Test Procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    WANDLING, R.R.

    1999-11-08

    The purpose of this document is to describe tests performed to validate Revision 11.2 of the TMACS Monitor and Control System (TMCACS) and verify that the software functions as intended by design. The tests will be performed on the development system. The software to be tested is the TMACS knowledge bases (KB) and the I/O driver/services. The development system will not be talking to field equipment; instead, the field equipment is simulated using emulators or multiplexers in the lab.

  15. 14 CFR Appendix F to Part 23 - Test Procedure

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... prescribed in paragraph (f) of this appendix, the specimen must be mounted in metal frame so that all four...) of this appendix, the specimen must be mounted in a metal frame so that (1) in the vertical tests...

  16. A bayesian procedure in the context of sequential mastery testing

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hans J. Vos

    2000-01-01

    Full Text Available Un procedimiento bayesiano en el contexto de los tests secuenciales de clasificación. El propósito de este artículo consiste en obtener reglas óptimas en los tests secuenciales de clasificación. En un test secuencial de clasificación, la decisión a tomar es clasificar a una persona como maestro, no maestro, o continuar el test y administrar el siguiente ítem. Se aplica la teoría de la decisión secuencial bayesiana; es decir, las reglas óptimas resultan de minimizar las pérdidas esperados posteriores asociadas con todas las posibles reglas de decisión en cada momento de test. La principal ventaja de este acercamiento es que los costes de aplicar el test pueden ser tenidos en cuenta de manera explícita. Se asume el modelo binomial para determinar la probabilidad de respuesta correcta dado un cierto nivel de funcionamiento de la persona. Se adopta una pérdida umbral como función de perdida. El artículo termina con un estudio de simulación en el que la estrategia secuencial bayesiana se compara con otros procedimientos disponibles en la literatura para problemas de decisión similares.

  17. Acceptance Test Procedure for New Pumping and Instrumentation Control Skid sup L sup

    CERN Document Server

    Koch, M R

    1999-01-01

    This Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) provides for the inspection and testing of the new Pumping and Instrumentation Control (PIC) skid designed as ''L''. The ATP will be performed after the construction of the PIC skid in the shop.

  18. 77 FR 13887 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Washers

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-03-07

    ... test laboratories. E. Capacity Measurement Method The new test procedure modifies the capacity...-loading, Standard (1.6 cubic feet or greater capacity) Top-loading, Semiautomatic Front-loading Suds...

  19. Personnel Test Battery and Scoring Procedures. Memorandum No. L.S. 15.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Berson, Barry L.

    The purpose of this memo is to present tests that comprise the test battery used to select Navy personnel to train marine mammals, and to describe the scoring procedures of the tests. The test battery consists of: Biosystems General Information Test (BGIT), Personnel History Questionnaire (PHQ), Gordon Personal Inventory, Gordon Personal Profile,…

  20. 76 FR 971 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Clothes Dryers and Room...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-01-06

    ...) Standard HLD-1-1974, ``AHAM Performance Evaluation Procedure for Household Tumble Type Clothes Dryers... Consumption of Household Tumble Type Clothes Dryers'' December 1975 (AHAM Standard HLD-2EC). The test... test procedure additional language based on provisions from European Standard EN 61121, ``Tumble...

  1. 76 FR 25211 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-05-04

    ... current test procedures do not fully account for standby mode and off mode energy consumption, DOE amend... amends the current procedures for fluorescent lamp ballasts to reduce measurement variation and testing... ``ballast lamp efficiency'' and ``ballast arc efficiency'' as more accurate conveyors of the basis of the...

  2. 40 CFR 1065.15 - Overview of procedures for laboratory and field testing.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 32 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Overview of procedures for laboratory and field testing. 1065.15 Section 1065.15 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR POLLUTION CONTROLS ENGINE-TESTING PROCEDURES Applicability and General Provisions §...

  3. 16 CFR 1610.33 - Test procedures for textile fabrics and film.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... 16 Commercial Practices 2 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Test procedures for textile fabrics and film... REGULATIONS STANDARD FOR THE FLAMMABILITY OF CLOTHING TEXTILES Rules and Regulations § 1610.33 Test procedures for textile fabrics and film. (a)(1) All textile fabrics (except those with a nitro-cellulose...

  4. 76 FR 65631 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Microwave Ovens

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-10-24

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 10 CFR Part 430 RIN 1904-AC26 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Microwave Ovens AGENCY: Office... efficiency test procedure for microwave ovens under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA). 75...

  5. 78 FR 62488 - Energy Conservation Program: Compliance Date for the Dehumidifier Test Procedure

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-10-22

    ... Part 430 RIN 1904-AD06 Energy Conservation Program: Compliance Date for the Dehumidifier Test Procedure... for the dehumidifier test procedures established under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA... with the existing energy conservation standards, with the following exceptions. The appendix in...

  6. 76 FR 72332 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure for Microwave Ovens

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-11-23

    ...-BT-TP-0011] RIN 1904-AB78 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure for Microwave Ovens AGENCY... 9, 2011, amending its test procedures for microwave ovens under the Energy Policy and Conservation... Secretary I. Background and Legal Authority Title III of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42...

  7. 30 CFR 77.900-1 - Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... circuit breakers; procedures. 77.900-1 Section 77.900-1 Mineral Resources MINE SAFETY AND HEALTH... § 77.900-1 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures. Circuit breakers... qualified as provided in § 77.103. In performing such tests, the circuit breaker auxiliaries or...

  8. 47 CFR 15.32 - Test procedures for CPU boards and computer power supplies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 47 Telecommunication 1 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Test procedures for CPU boards and computer... FREQUENCY DEVICES General § 15.32 Test procedures for CPU boards and computer power supplies. Power supplies and CPU boards used with personal computers and for which separate authorizations are required to be...

  9. 10 CFR 431.16 - Test procedures for the measurement of energy efficiency.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... 10 Energy 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Test procedures for the measurement of energy efficiency. 431.16 Section 431.16 Energy DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY ENERGY CONSERVATION ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR... Methods of Determining Efficiency § 431.16 Test procedures for the measurement of energy efficiency....

  10. 76 FR 56661 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for General Service Fluorescent Lamps, General...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-09-14

    ... energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of a covered product during a... test procedures and offer the public an opportunity to present oral and written comments on them. (42 U...''), 10 CFR 430.23 (``Test procedures for the measurement of energy and water consumption''), 10 CFR...

  11. 10 CFR 431.193 - Test procedures for measuring energy consumption of distribution transformers.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... distribution transformers. 431.193 Section 431.193 Energy DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY ENERGY CONSERVATION ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT Distribution Transformers Test Procedures § 431.193 Test procedures for measuring energy consumption of distribution transformers. The...

  12. Multiple Group Testing Procedures for Analysis of High-Dimensional Genomic Data

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ko, Hyoseok; Kim, Kipoong

    2016-01-01

    In genetic association studies with high-dimensional genomic data, multiple group testing procedures are often required in order to identify disease/trait-related genes or genetic regions, where multiple genetic sites or variants are located within the same gene or genetic region. However, statistical testing procedures based on an individual test suffer from multiple testing issues such as the control of family-wise error rate and dependent tests. Moreover, detecting only a few of genes associated with a phenotype outcome among tens of thousands of genes is of main interest in genetic association studies. In this reason regularization procedures, where a phenotype outcome regresses on all genomic markers and then regression coefficients are estimated based on a penalized likelihood, have been considered as a good alternative approach to analysis of high-dimensional genomic data. But, selection performance of regularization procedures has been rarely compared with that of statistical group testing procedures. In this article, we performed extensive simulation studies where commonly used group testing procedures such as principal component analysis, Hotelling's T2 test, and permutation test are compared with group lasso (least absolute selection and shrinkage operator) in terms of true positive selection. Also, we applied all methods considered in simulation studies to identify genes associated with ovarian cancer from over 20,000 genetic sites generated from Illumina Infinium HumanMethylation27K Beadchip. We found a big discrepancy of selected genes between multiple group testing procedures and group lasso.

  13. Building Energy Simulation Test for Existing Homes (BESTEST-EX); Phase 1 Test Procedure: Building Thermal Fabric Cases

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Judkoff, R.; Polly, B.; Bianchi, M.; Neymark, J.

    2010-08-01

    The U.S. Department of Energy tasked NREL to develop a process for testing the reliability of models that predict retrofit energy savings, including their associated calibration methods. DOE asked NREL to conduct the work in phases so that a test procedure would be ready should DOE need it to meet legislative requirements related to residential retrofits in FY 2010. This report documents the initial 'Phase 1' test procedure.

  14. the effect of sample preparation and testing procedure on the ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    liquid limit, and irreversible changes that can take place on .... an oven at a temperature of 50ºC and relative humidity not ... thoroughly in a mortar with a rubber-covered .... Test results on Elastic Silt/Silty Clayey textured laterite soils. Group B:.

  15. 49 CFR 325.59 - Measurement procedure; stationary test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... made of the sound level generated by a stationary motor vehicle as follows: (a) Park the motor vehicle on the test site as specified in § 325.53 of this subpart. If the motor vehicle is a combination (articulated) vehicle, park the combination so that the longitudinal centerlines of the towing vehicle and...

  16. Minimal Competency Testing: Issues and Procedures. An Annotated Bibliography.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wildemuth, Barbara M., Comp.

    Due to the current legislative trend toward competency-based education, and the accompanying minimal competency testing, a variety of local school districts and state education agencies are concurrently developing programs to meet the standards set by their state's legislation. This selective bibliography was compiled in order to aid those…

  17. 40 CFR 63.1046 - Test methods and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ...) National Emission Standards for Oil-Water Separators and Organic-Water Separators § 63.1046 Test methods...) between the seal and the wall of the separator and measure the circumferential distance of each such... wall to the seal and multiplying each such width by its respective circumferential distance. (5)...

  18. 40 CFR 86.527-90 - Test procedures, overview.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... proportional part of the diluted exhaust emissions is collected continuously for subsequent analysis, using a... (CONTINUED) CONTROL OF EMISSIONS FROM NEW AND IN-USE HIGHWAY VEHICLES AND ENGINES Emission Regulations for... sequences of fueling, parking, and operating conditions. (c) The exhaust emission test is designed to...

  19. 40 CFR 86.127-96 - Test procedures; overview.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... proportional part of the diluted exhaust is collected continuously for subsequent analysis, using a constant... (CONTINUED) CONTROL OF EMISSIONS FROM NEW AND IN-USE HIGHWAY VEHICLES AND ENGINES Emission Regulations for... gaseous-fueled vehicles). (b) The Otto-cycle exhaust emission test is designed to determine gaseous THC...

  20. 40 CFR 60.503 - Test methods and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    .../liter of gasoline loaded. Vesi=volume of air-vapor mixture exhausted at each interval “i”, scm. Cei...×106 for propane and 2.41×106 for butane, mg/scm. (4) The performance test shall be conducted...

  1. 40 CFR 60.46 - Test methods and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ...-Fired Steam Generators for Which Construction Is Commenced After August 17, 1971 § 60.46 Test methods... material balance over the steam generating system shall be used to confirm the rate. (d) The owner or... saturated or laden with water droplets. (3) Particulate matter and SO2 may be determined simultaneously...

  2. 46 CFR 164.008-3 - Testing procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... control. (1) The furnace temperature shall be determined by at least four mineral insulated thermocouples... means of wire clips to a 10 cm. × 10 cm. frame of 1 mm. diameter. A wire handle approximately 75 cm. long attached to the frame would facilitate its use on the specimen. (3) When testing for cracks...

  3. 46 CFR 164.007-4 - Testing procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... control. (1) The furnace temperature shall be determined by at least four mineral insulated thermocouples... temperature measurement a thermocouple of 0.5 mm. (0.020″) diameter wires shall be soldered centrally with... designated by the Coast Guard. (b) Test of physical properties. (1) Density measurement: The smallest...

  4. Some Effects of Testing Procedure on Divergent Thinking

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nicholls, John G.

    1971-01-01

    Game-like and test-like methods of divergent thinking assessment were compared with 10-year olds. Effects of method on score correlates were sufficient to allow the possibility that method may be implicated in outcomes of many studies of divergent thinking. (Author)

  5. Start-Stop Test Procedures on the PEMFC Stack Level

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Mitzel, Jens; Nygaard, Frederik; Veltzé, Sune

    The test is addressed to investigate the influence on stack durability of a long stop followed by a restart of a stack. Long stop should be defined as a stop in which the anodic compartment is fully filled by air due to stack leakages. In systems, leakage level of the stack is low and time to fil...

  6. 40 CFR 60.614 - Test methods and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... recovery equipment. The TRE index value shall be recalculated based on test data, or on best engineering... the process vent stream TRE index value to determine compliance under § 60.612(c). (1)(i) Method 1 or... by this subpart shall calculate the TRE index value of the vent stream using the equation for...

  7. Soil washing physical separations test procedure - 300-FF-1 operable unit

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Belden, R.D.

    1993-10-08

    This procedure provides the operations approach, a field sampling plan, and laboratory procedures for a soil washing test to be conducted by Alternative Remedial Technologies, Inc. (ART) in the 300-FF-1 area at the Hanford site. The {open_quotes}Quality Assurance Project Plan for the Soil Washing Physical Separations Test, 300-FF-1 Operable Unit,{close_quotes} Hanford, Washington, Alternative Remedial Technologies, Inc., February 1994 (QAPP) is provided in a separate document that presents the procedural and organizational guidelines for this test. This document describes specifications, responsibilities, and general procedures to be followed to conduct physical separation soil treatability tests in the North Process Pond of the 300-FF-1 Operable Unit (OU) at the Hanford Site. These procedures are based on the {open_quotes}300-FF-1 Physical Separations CERCLA Treatability Test Plan, DOE/RL 92-2l,{close_quotes} (DOE-RL 1993).

  8. HC-21C off-gas test procedure. Revision 1

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cunningham, L.T.

    1995-02-02

    Stabilization of plutonium bearing scrap material occurs in furnaces, FUR-21C-1 and FUR-21C-2, located in glovebox HC-21C. During previous testing and processing operations, water has been observed forming in the off-gas rotameters, FI-21C-1 and FI-21C-2. The off-gas is filtered through a 2 micron ceramic filter, F-21C-1 or F-21C-2, before discharge into the 26 inch vacuum system. The goal of this test plan is to determine the cause and location of water formation in the sludge stabilization off-gas system. The results should help determine what design improvements or processing steps will be implemented to prevent this phenomena from occurring in the future.

  9. Building Energy Simulation Test for Existing Homes (BESTEST-EX): Instructions for Implementing the Test Procedure, Calibration Test Reference Results, and Example Acceptance-Range Criteria

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Judkoff, R.; Polly, B.; Bianchi, M.; Neymark, J.; Kennedy, M.

    2011-08-01

    This publication summarizes building energy simulation test for existing homes (BESTEST-EX): instructions for implementing the test procedure, calibration tests reference results, and example acceptance-range criteria.

  10. Comparison of RFFIT tests with different standard sera and testing procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yu, Peng-cheng; Noguchi, Akira; Inoue, Satoshi; Tang, Qing; Rayner, Simon; Liang, Guo-dong

    2012-06-01

    The World Health Organization (WHO) standard assay for determining antibody level is the rapid fluorescent focus inhibition test (RFFIT) and is used to determine the degree of immunity after vaccination against rabies. To compare the difference in RFFIT results between the laboratories of The National Institute of Infectious Disease in Japan (NIID) and the Chinese Centre for Disease Control (CCDC) as well the influence of the choice of standard serum (STD) for the detection, the two laboratories detection methods were simultaneously manipulated by RFFIT. The reference serums used in NIID and the WHO standard serum used in CCDC were compared in the same RFFIT detection to determine the titer of four sera samples C1, S1, S2 and S4 in parallel, and the titers of the detected sera samples were calculated using the standard formula for neutralizing antibody titer. No significant difference was found in RFFIT methods from the two laboratories and the RFFIT testing procedures of the two laboratories have good consistency. However, different titers were obtained with the tentative internal standard serum (TI-STD) produced by adjusting to 2.0 IU of WHO standard serum in NIID and the WHO STD. The titer determined with the TI-STD was higher than that determined with WHO STD, This difference appears to be significant and requires further investigation.

  11. Comparison of RFFIT Tests with Different Standard Sera and Testing Procedures

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Peng-cheng Yu; Akira Noguchi; Satoshi Inoue; Qing Tang; Simon Rayner; Guo-dong Liang

    2012-01-01

    The World Health Organization (WHO) standard assay for determining antibody level is the rapid fluorescent focus inhibition test (RFFIT) and is used to determine the degree of immunity after vaccination against rabies.To compare the difference in RFFIT results between the laboratories of The National Institute of Infectious Disease in Japan (NIID) and the Chinese Centre for Disease Control (CCDC) as well the influence of the choice of standard serum (STD) for the detection,the two laboratories detection methods were simultaneously manipulated by RFFIT.The reference serums used in NIID and the WHO standard serum used in CCDC were compared in the same RFFIT detection to determine the titer of four sera samples C1,S1,S2 and S4 in parallel,and the titers of the detected sera samples were calculated using the standard formula for neutralizing antibody titer.No significant difference was found in RFFIT methods from the two laboratories and the RFFIT testing procedures of the two laboratories have good consistency.However,different titers were obtained with the tentative internal standard serum (TI-STD) produced by adjusting to 2.0 IU of WHO standard serum in NIID and the WHO STD.The titer determined with the TI-STD was higher than that determined with WHO STD,This difference appears to be significant and requires further investigation.

  12. Analytical Chemistry Laboratory (ACL) procedure compendium. Volume 6, Physical testing

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1993-08-01

    This volume contains the interim change notice for physical testing. Covered are: properties of solutions, slurries, and sludges; rheological measurement with cone/plate viscometer; % solids determination; particle size distribution by laser scanning; penetration resistance of radioactive waste; operation of differential scanning calorimeter, thermogravimetric analyzer, and high temperature DTA and DSC; sodium rod for sodium bonded fuel; filling SP-100 fuel capsules; sodium filling of BEATRIX-II type capsules; removal of alkali metals with ammonia; specific gravity of highly radioactive solutions; bulk density of radioactive granular solids; purification of Li by hot gettering/filtration; and Li filling of MOTA capsules.

  13. Testing procedures to determine the toxicity of blast fumes

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Carbonel, P.; Bigourd, J. (Centre d' Etudes et Recherches des Charbonnages de France (CERCHAR), 60 - Verneuil-en-Halatte:

    1980-05-01

    Several methods are available in CERCHAR to determine the production of toxic gases from a shot of explosives: blasting of 50 g or 100 g of explosives in a 115 l bomb usually in the presence of sand and in a nitrogen atmosphere, blasting from 0.5 kg to 1 kg of explosive in a 15 m/sup 3/ chamber in the presence of air, under variable confinement (suspended charge or charge in a test mortar with or without stemming and possibly with a sheath). The test results show that the production of toxic gases depends to a great extent on the blasting conditions: type of detonation of the explosive, work done by the fumes, possible reactions of the fumes with atmospheric oxygen or with materials in contact with the explosive (cartridge material, stemming, sheath). It appears that the method consisting in blasting of explosives in a steel mortar with stemming in the 15 m/sup 3/ chamber gives results most closely related to those obtained in underground blasting. Therefore this method seems prefereble.

  14. A rapid algorithm and a computer program for multiple test procedures using logical structures of hypotheses.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hommel, G; Bernhard, G

    1994-06-01

    It is demonstrated how improvements of general multiple test procedures can be obtained using information about the logical structures among the hypotheses. Based on a procedure of Bergmann and Hommel (B. Bergmann and G. Hommel, Improvements of general multiple test procedures for redundant systems of hypotheses, in Multiple Hypothesenprüfung--Multiple Hypotheses Testing, Eds. P. Bauer, G. Hommel and E. Sonnemann, pp. 100-115 (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1988)), a computer program was written by Bernhard (G. Bernhard, Computerunterstützte Durchführung von multiplen Testprozeduren--Algorithmen und Powervergleich, Doctoral thesis (Mainz, 1992)) using this information. It is applicable for a general class of systems of hypotheses which can be expressed in a linear way. By means of a simulation study it is shown that the proposed procedure is often substantially more powerful than other usual multiple test procedures.

  15. 49 CFR 572.136 - Knees and knee impact test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... Hybrid III 5th Percentile Female Test Dummy, Alpha Version § 572.136 Knees and knee impact test procedure... as measured with the test probe-mounted accelerometer must be not less than 3450 N (776 lbf) and not... tibia may contact any exterior surface. (3) Align the test probe so that throughout its stroke and...

  16. Project B610 process control configuration acceptance test procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Silvan, G.R.

    1994-09-20

    The purpose of this test is to verify the Westinghouse configuration of the MICON A/S Distributed Control System for project B610. The following will be verified: proper assignment and operation of all field inputs to and outputs from the MICON Termination panels; proper operation of all display data on the operator`s console; proper operation of all required alarms; and proper operation of all required interlocks. The MICON A/S control system is configured to replace all the control, indication, and alarm panels now located in the Power Control Room. Nine systems are covered by this control configuration, 2736-ZB HVAC, 234-5Z HVAC, Process Vacuum, Dry Air, 291-Z Closed Loop Cooling, Building Accelerometer, Evacuation Siren, Stack CAMs, and Fire. The 2736-ZB HVAC system consists of the ventilation controls for 2736-ZB and 2736-Z as well as alarms for the emergency generators and 232-Z. The 234-5Z HVAC system is the ventilation controls for 235-5Z and 236-Z buildings. Process Vacuum covers the controls for the 26 inch vacuum system. Dry Air covers the controls for the steam and electric air dryers. The 291-Z Closed Loop Cooling system consists of the status indications and alarms for the 291-Z compressor and vacuum pump closed loop cooling system. The rest of closed loop cooling was tested earlier. The Building Accelerometer system consists of the status indications for the two seismic system accelerometers. The Evacuation Siren system includes the controls for the evacuation and take cover sirens. Stack CAMs cover the alarms for the various building ventilation stack continuous air monitors. Finally, the Fire system covers the various fire alarms now located in Room 321-A.

  17. How to test maximal oxygen uptake: a study on timing and testing procedure of a supramaximal verification test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Scharhag-Rosenberger, Friederike; Carlsohn, Anja; Cassel, Michael; Mayer, Frank; Scharhag, Jürgen

    2011-02-01

    Verification tests are becoming increasingly common for confirming maximal oxygen uptake (VO2 max) attainment. Yet, timing and testing procedures vary between working groups. The aims of this study were to investigate whether verification tests can be performed after an incremental test or should be performed on a separate day, and whether VO2 max can still be determined within the first testing session in subjects not satisfying the verification criterion. Forty subjects (age, 24 ± 4 years; VO2 max, 50 ± 7 mL·min-1·kg-1) performed a maximal incremental treadmill test and, 10 min afterwards, a verification test (VerifDay1) at 110% of maximal velocity (vmax). The verification criterion was a VerifDay1 peak oxygen uptake (VO2 peak) ≤5.5% higher than the incremental test value. Subjects not achieving the verification criterion performed another verification test at 115% vmax (VerifDay1') 10 min later, trying to confirm VerifDay1 VO2 peak as VO2 max. All other subjects exclusively repeated VerifDay1 on a separate day (VerifDay2). Of the 40 subjects, 6 did not satisfy the verification criterion. In 4 of them, attainment of VO2 max was confirmed by VerifDay1'. VO2 peak was equivalent between VerifDay1 and VerifDay2 (3722 ± 991 mL·min-1 vs. 3752 ± 995 mL·min-1, p = 0.56), whereas time to exhaustion was significantly longer in VerifDay2 (2:06 ± 0:22 min:s vs. 2:42 ± 0:38 min:s, p test VO2 peak does not seem to be affected by a preceding maximal incremental test. Incremental and verification tests can therefore be performed within the same testing session. In individuals not achieving the verification criterion, VO2 max can be determined by means of a subsequent, more intense verification test in most but not all cases.

  18. Using the Tukey-Kramer omnibus test in the Hayter-Fisher procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Richter, Scott J; McCann, Melinda H

    2012-11-01

    Using Tukey-Kramer versus the ANOVA F-test as the omnibus test of the Hayter-Fisher procedure for comparing all pairs of normally distributed means, when sample sizes are unequal, is investigated. Simulation results suggest that using Tukey-Kramer leads to as much or more any-pairs power compared to using the F-test for certain patterns of mean differences, and equivalent per-pair and all-pairs power for all cases. Furthermore, using Tukey-Kramer results in a consonant test procedure, where there cannot be disagreement between the results of the omnibus test and the subsequent pairwise tests. The results suggest that when sample sizes are unequal, Tukey-Kramer may be preferred over the F-test as the omnibus test for the Hayter-Fisher procedure.

  19. Test procedures and instructions for Hanford tank waste supernatant cesium removal

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hendrickson, D.W., Westinghouse Hanford

    1996-05-31

    This document provides specific test procedures and instructions to implement the test plan for the preparation and conduct of a cesium removal test using Hanford Double-Shell Slurry Feed supernatant liquor from tank 251-AW-101 in a bench-scale column.Cesium sorbents to be tested include resorcinol-formaldehyde resin and crystalline silicotitanate. The test plan for which this provides instructions is WHC-SD-RE-TP-022, Hanford Tank Waste Supernatant Cesium Removal Test Plan.

  20. Test procedures and instructions for Hanford complexant concentrate supernatant cesium removal using CST

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hendrickson, D.W.

    1997-01-08

    This document provides specific test procedures and instructions to implement the test plan for the preparation and conduct of a cesium removal test, using Hanford Complexant Concentrate supernatant liquor from tank 241-AN-107, in a bench-scale column. The cesium sorbent to be tested is crystalline silicotitanate. The test plan for which this provides instructions is WHC-SD-RE-TP-023, Hanford Complexant Concentrate Supernatant Cesium Removal Test Plan.

  1. [Voluntary testing procedures of farm animal housing equipment according to the Animal Welfare Act of 1998].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hesse, D; Knierim, U; von Borell, E; Herrmann, H; Koch, L; Müller, C; Rauch, H W; Sachser, N; Schwabenbauer, K; Zerbe, F

    1999-04-01

    Before its broad application in practice, housing equipment should be tested, in particular with regard to animal welfare. The differing positions of the German Federal Council (Bundesrat) and the German Federal Parliament (Bundestag), whether such testing should be mandatory or voluntary, have been conciliated in the amended animal welfare act by empowering the Federal Ministry of Food, Agriculture and Fisheries (BML) to fix official standards for voluntary testing procedures by regulation. On request of the BML, a report as scientific basis for a draft regulation is currently prepared by the scientific animal welfare committee of the German Agricultural Society (DLG). The scientific animal welfare committee has been appointed by the DLG in order to provide support in the effort to strengthen animal welfare aspects in the DLG-utility testing procedure of housing equipment, which is in place since 1953. The committee elaborates standards concerning testing methods, assessment criteria and the necessary size of investigations. As required, the scientific animal welfare committee may support the DLG-testing bodies in the implementation of the animal welfare part of the testing procedure. It will, moreover, be involved in the welfare assessment based on the testing results. The amendments of the already established testing procedure will help to fulfill the general requirements on an acceptable animal welfare testing procedure. While keeping in mind that there are certain limits in what can be achieved by a voluntary testing procedure, the enhanced consideration of animal welfare aspects within the DLG-utility testing procedure has the advantage to be relatively unbureaucratic and in line with EU legislation, and is, therefore, an appropriate tool for a contibrution to improved animal welfare in livestock housing.

  2. 75 FR 37593 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Clothes Dryers and Room...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-06-29

    ... procedure additional language based upon provisions from European Standard EN 61121, ``Tumble dryers for... Dryers and Room Air Conditioners; Proposed Rule #0;#0;Federal Register / Vol. 75 , No. 124 / Tuesday... Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Clothes Dryers and Room Air Conditioners...

  3. 16 CFR 1209.4 - Test procedures for determining settled density.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... SAFETY ACT REGULATIONS INTERIM SAFETY STANDARD FOR CELLULOSE INSULATION The Standard § 1209.4 Test procedures for determining settled density. The settled density of lose fill insulation must be determined.... This section describes the procedure for determining the settled density of loose fill insulation. (a...

  4. 40 CFR 63.772 - Test methods, compliance procedures, and compliance demonstrations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... Oil and Natural Gas Production Facilities § 63.772 Test methods, compliance procedures, and compliance... procedures documented in the Gas Research Institute (GRI) report entitled “Atmospheric Rich/Lean Method for...) report entitled “Atmospheric Rich/Lean Method for Determining Glycol Dehydrator Emissions”...

  5. 75 FR 57556 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedure for Residential Clothes Washers

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-09-21

    ... technologies not covered by the current procedure; (2) more accurately reflect current consumer behavior and... amendments are based on recent data that more accurately describe current consumer behavior and updated... Energy 10 CFR Part 430 Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedure for Residential...

  6. 75 FR 57555 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedure for Residential Clothes Washers

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-09-21

    ... technologies not covered by the current procedure; (2) more accurately reflect current consumer behavior and... amendments are based on recent data that more accurately describe current consumer behavior and updated... Energy 10 CFR Part 430 Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedure for Residential...

  7. 16 CFR 1611.33 - Test procedures for textile fabrics and film.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... 16 Commercial Practices 2 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Test procedures for textile fabrics and film... procedures for textile fabrics and film. (a)(1) All textile fabrics (except those with a nitro-cellulose... Clothing Textiles, Commercial Standard 191-53”. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)...

  8. 75 FR 71570 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-11-24

    ... Part 430 RIN 1904-AB99 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts... procedures for fluorescent lamp ballasts established under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act. The... the Secretary I. Authority and Background Title III of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42...

  9. 78 FR 8992 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Dryers

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-02-07

    ... Part 430 RIN 1904-AC63 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Dryers... procedures for residential clothes dryers established under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act. The... Background Title III of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6291, et seq.; ``EPCA'' or...

  10. 78 FR 79637 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure for Set-Top Boxes

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-12-31

    ...-BT-TP-0046] RIN 1904-AC52 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure for Set-Top Boxes AGENCY.... Authority Title III of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6291, et seq.; ``EPCA'') sets forth... Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Energy conservation,...

  11. 30 CFR 75.900-3 - Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... circuit breakers; procedures. 75.900-3 Section 75.900-3 Mineral Resources MINE SAFETY AND HEALTH... maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures. Circuit breakers protecting low- and medium-voltage alternating... such tests, actuating any of the circuit breaker auxiliaries or control circuits in any manner...

  12. 10 CFR 431.444 - Test procedures for the measurement of energy efficiency.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... 10 Energy 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Test procedures for the measurement of energy efficiency. 431.444 Section 431.444 Energy DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY ENERGY CONSERVATION ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR... procedures for the measurement of energy efficiency. (a) Scope. Pursuant to section 346(b)(1) of EPCA,...

  13. Test Procedure for Axially Loaded Bucket Foundations in Sand (Large Yellow Box)

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Vaitkunaite, Evelina

    This is a practical guide for preparing the soil, running a CPT test, installing a scaled bucket foundation model and running a test in the large yellow sand box cos(Kristina) in the geotechnical laboratory at Aalborg University. The test procedure is used for the examination of statically...... and cyclically axially loaded bucket foundation model In dense sand. The foundation model in scale of approximately 1:10 compared to the prototype size. The guide describes the step-by-step procedure for tests with and without surface pressure. A detailed description of test setup using the large yellow sand box...

  14. 77 FR 4203 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for General Service Fluorescent Lamps, General...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-01-27

    ... Fluorescent Lamps, General Service Incandescent Lamps, and Incandescent Reflector Lamps AGENCY: Office of... the test procedures for general service fluorescent lamps (GSFLs), general service incandescent lamps (GSILs), and incandescent reflector lamps (IRLs). That proposed rulemaking serves as the basis for...

  15. Introduction procedure of marketing testing innovative products in practical activity of industrial enterprises

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    E.I. Nagornyy

    2010-12-01

    Full Text Available The article considers the relevance of implementing marketing testing procedures in practical activities of industrial enterprises that develop, manufacture and sales of new or innovative products.

  16. 75 FR 74025 - Procedural Manual for the Election Assistance Commission's Voting System Testing and...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-11-30

    ... COMMISSION Procedural Manual for the Election Assistance Commission's Voting System Testing and Certification...; publication of Voting System Testing and Certification Manual, Version 2.0, for 60 day public comment period... manual for its Voting System Testing and Certification Program. This manual sets the...

  17. Parametric Sensitivity Tests—European Polymer Electrolyte Membrane Fuel Cell Stack Test Procedures

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Araya, Samuel Simon; Andreasen, Søren Juhl; Kær, Søren Knudsen

    2014-01-01

    As fuel cells are increasingly commercialized for various applications, harmonized and industry-relevant test procedures are necessary to benchmark tests and to ensure comparability of stack performance results from different parties. This paper reports the results of parametric sensitivity tests...

  18. Investigation of Bending Test Procedures for Engineered Polymer Composite Railroad Ties

    Science.gov (United States)

    2016-12-01

    ER D C/ CE RL C R- 16 -6 Investigation of Bending Test Procedures for Engineered Polymer Composite Railroad Ties Co ns tr uc tio n En...Test Procedures for Engineered Polymer Composite Railroad Ties Claire G. Ball CTL Group 5400 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077 Final report...conducting in- vestigations to help develop and evaluate engineered polymer composite railroad ties since 1993. Recent efforts, through funding and

  19. Test and evaluation procedures for Sandia's Teraflops Operating System (TOS) on Janus.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Barnette, Daniel Wayne

    2005-10-01

    This report describes the test and evaluation methods by which the Teraflops Operating System, or TOS, that resides on Sandia's massively-parallel computer Janus is verified for production release. Also discussed are methods used to build TOS before testing and evaluating, miscellaneous utility scripts, a sample test plan, and a proposed post-test method for quickly examining the large number of test results. The purpose of the report is threefold: (1) to provide a guide to T&E procedures, (2) to aid and guide others who will run T&E procedures on the new ASCI Red Storm machine, and (3) to document some of the history of evaluation and testing of TOS. This report is not intended to serve as an exhaustive manual for testers to conduct T&E procedures.

  20. Review of Test Procedure for Determining HSPFs of Residential Variable-Speed Heat Pumps

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rice, C. Keith [Oak Ridge National Lab. (ORNL), Oak Ridge, TN (United States); Munk, Jeffrey D. [Oak Ridge National Lab. (ORNL), Oak Ridge, TN (United States); Shrestha, Som S. [Oak Ridge National Lab. (ORNL), Oak Ridge, TN (United States)

    2015-08-01

    This report reviews the suitability of the existing Heating Seasonal Performance Factor (HSPF) ratings and testing requirements for the current generation of variable-speed (VS) air-source heat pumps. Recent field test results indicate larger discrepancies between rated HSPF and field-observed HSPF for VS models than for single-speed models in the same houses. These findings suggest that the heating season test and ratings procedure should be revisited for VS heat pumps. The ratings and testing procedures are described in ANSI/AHRI 210/240 (2008) for single-speed, two-capacity, and variable-speed units. Analysis of manufacturer and independent test performance data on VS units reveals why the current VS testing/ratings procedure results in overly optimistic HSPF ratings for some VS units relative to other types of heat pumps. This is due to a combination of extrapolation of low speed test data beyond the originally anticipated ambient temperature operating range and the constraints of unit controls, which prevent low speed operation over the range of ambient temperatures assumed in the procedure for low speed. As a result, the HSPFs of such units are being overpredicted relative to those for single- and two-capacity designs. This overprediction has been found to be significantly reduced by use in the HSPF ratings procedure of an alternative higher-load heating load line, described in a companion report (Rice et al., 2015).

  1. Butyl rubber O-ring seals: Revision of test procedures for stockpile materials

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Domeier, L.A.; Wagter, K.R.

    1996-12-01

    Extensive testing showed little correlation between test slab and O-ring performance. New procedures, comparable to those used with the traditional test slabs, were defined for hardness, compression set, and tensile property testing on sacrificial O-ring specimens. Changes in target performance values were made as needed and were, in one case, tightened to reflect the O-ring performance data. An additional study was carried out on O-ring and slab performance vs cure cycle and showed little sensitivity of material performance to large changes in curing time. Aging and spectra of certain materials indicated that two sets of test slabs from current vendor were accidently made from EPDM rather than butyl rubber. Random testing found no O-rings made from EPDM. As a result, and additional spectroscope test will be added to the product acceptance procedures to verify the type of rubber compound used.

  2. A NONPARAMETRIC PROCEDURE OF THE SAMPLE SIZE DETERMINATION FOR SURVIVAL RATE TEST

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2000-01-01

    Objective This paper proposes a nonparametric procedure of the sample size determination for survival rate test. Methods Using the classical asymptotic normal procedure yields the required homogenetic effective sample size and using the inverse operation with the prespecified value of the survival function of censoring times yields the required sample size. Results It is matched with the rate test for censored data, does not involve survival distributions, and reduces to its classical counterpart when there is no censoring. The observed power of the test coincides with the prescribed power under usual clinical conditions. Conclusion It can be used for planning survival studies of chronic diseases.

  3. 77 FR 49063 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Dishwashers and Cooking Products

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-08-15

    ... May 2012 SNOPR, DOE proposed that the water supply pressure during testing be maintained at 35 2.5... repeatability and reproducibility, the duration of the transient pressure drop when the water supply valve first... is warranted, it must publish proposed test procedures and offer the public an opportunity to present...

  4. 78 FR 22536 - Procedural Manual for the Election Assistance Commission's Voting System Test Laboratories...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-04-16

    ... COMMISSION Procedural Manual for the Election Assistance Commission's Voting System Test Laboratories Program Manual, Version 2.0 AGENCY: United States Election Assistance Commission (EAC). ACTION: Notice; publication of Voting System Test Laboratories Program Manual, Version 2.0, for 60 day public comment...

  5. 49 CFR 572.75 - Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 7 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis assembly and...) ANTHROPOMORPHIC TEST DEVICES 6-Year-Old Child § 572.75 Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis assembly and test procedure. (a) Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis assembly. The lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis consist of...

  6. 78 FR 15807 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Television Sets

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-03-12

    ... March 12, 2013 Part II Department of Energy 10 CFR Parts 429 and 430 Energy Conservation Program: Test... Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Television Sets AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable...) established the ``Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles.'' The...

  7. 77 FR 28805 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Microwave Ovens

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-05-16

    ... Parts 429 and 430 RIN 1904-AB78 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Microwave Ovens AGENCY.... Authority and Background Title III of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6291, et seq... essentially of four parts: (1) Testing, (2) labeling, (3) Federal energy conservation standards, and...

  8. 77 FR 8178 - Test Procedures for Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps: Public Meeting

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-02-14

    ...; ] DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 10 CFR Part 430 Test Procedures for Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps: Public... discuss methodologies and gather comments on testing residential central air conditioners and heat pumps... residential central air conditioners and heat pumps that are single phase with rated cooling capacities less...

  9. 40 CFR 63.145 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures to determine compliance.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 9 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Process wastewater provisions-test... Operations, and Wastewater § 63.145 Process wastewater provisions—test methods and procedures to determine... analytical method for wastewater which has that compound as a target analyte. (7) Treatment using a series...

  10. Test procedures and instructions for single shell tank saltcake cesium removal with crystalline silicotitanate

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Duncan, J.B.

    1997-01-07

    This document provides specific test procedures and instructions to implement the test plan for the preparation and conduct of a cesium removal test, using Hanford Single Shell Tank Saltcake from tanks 24 t -BY- I 10, 24 1 -U- 108, 24 1 -U- 109, 24 1 -A- I 0 1, and 24 t - S-102, in a bench-scale column. The cesium sorbent to be tested is crystalline siticotitanate. The test plan for which this provides instructions is WHC-SD-RE-TP-024, Hanford Single Shell Tank Saltcake Cesium Removal Test Plan.

  11. Multiple testing procedures for identifying desirable dose combinations in bifactorial designs

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Buchheister, Bettina

    2006-06-01

    Full Text Available Hung, Chi, and Lipicky proposed the AVE and MAX tests to analyse in a bifactorial design whether combinations of two drugs at several doses fulfil the desirable property of superiority to both their single drug components. These are global tests and do not identify the special combinations which are more effective than their respective single components. Here multiple testing procedures based on linear contrast tests and on the closed testing principle will be presented. They will be compared with simultaneous Min tests of Laska and Meisner. The performance of these approaches is investigated by simulation studies.

  12. Development of interim test methods and procedures for determining the performance of small photovoltaic systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    McNutt, P.; Kroposki, B.; Hansen, R.; Algra, K.; DeBlasio, R. [National Renewable Energy Lab., Golden, CO (United States)

    1998-09-01

    The National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) is developing tests and procedures that will determine if the configuration of a small photovoltaic (PV) system is suitable for its intended use, and if the system will perform as specified. An overview of these procedures is presented in this paper. Development of standard test procedures will allow designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users, and independent laboratories to assess the performance of PV systems under outdoor prevailing conditions. An NREL Technical Report detailing the procedures is under way, and the IEEE Standards Coordinating Committee 21 (SCC21) has established a project on this subject. The work will be submitted to the IEEE SCC21 and International Electrotechnical Commission Technical Committee 82 (IEC TC82) for consideration as a consensus standard. Certification bodies such as PowerMark and PV Global Approval Program (PVGAP) may adopt the IEC and IEEE documents when testing systems. Developing standardized test methods and procedures at NREL to evaluate the outdoor performance of PV systems will encourage product quality and promote PV standards development. Standardized tests will assure people that PV systems will perform as specified for their intended applications. As confidence in PV systems increases, the successful commercialization of PV will grow internationally.

  13. Application of the tukey trend test procedure to assess developmental and reproductive toxicity. I. Measurement data.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Antonello, J M; Clark, R L; Heyse, J F

    1993-07-01

    Developmental and reproductive (DAR) toxicity studies typically include a series of increasing doses of a compound and a zero dose control. Given this framework, Tukey et al. (Biometrics, 41, 295-301, 1985) proposed a procedure (referred to as either the Tukey trend or TCH test procedure) for detecting a nonzero trend in response to increasing doses of the test compound. The procedure considers three candidate dosage scalings to ensure high power against relatively common dose-response patterns and appreciable power against most reasonable patterns. For toxicologic effects with near monotonic dose-response patterns, simulation studies have shown the TCH test to be overall more powerful than pairwise comparison procedures. The TCH test can be applied sequentially, eliminating the highest dose each time a statistically significant trend is observed, until a no-statistical-significance-of-trend dose is reached. This is the highest dose through which there is no statistically trustworthy evidence of the compound's impact on the response. Since DAR toxicity usually exhibits a progressive (monotonic) dose-response, we advocate routine use of Tukey's trend test for the evaluation of treatment effects in these studies. In this article, we discuss the procedure in detail and apply it to fetal body weight, a continuous measurement variable, from a developmental toxicity study.

  14. Results and comparison of seven accelerated cycling test procedures for the photovoltaic application

    Science.gov (United States)

    Potteau, E.; Desmettre, D.; Mattera, F.; Bach, O.; Martin, J.-L.; Malbranche, P.

    Choosing the right battery for a given photovoltaic (PV) system is a key question, because it strongly influences the cost and reliability of the system. This paper presents results of seven test procedures experienced at the GENEC battery test facility. A set of four complementary tests is selected, covering the various types of photovoltaic systems. Moreover, the analysis of these results gives an estimation of the ageing rate for the different types of batteries used in photovoltaic systems.

  15. The Statistical Precision of Medical Screening Procedures: Application to Polygraph and AIDS Antibodies Test Data

    OpenAIRE

    Gastwirth, Joseph L.

    1987-01-01

    The increased use of screening tests for drug use or antibodies to the HTLV-III (AIDS) virus, as well as pre-employment polygraph testing, has raised concerns about the reliability of the results of these procedures. This paper reviews the mathematical model underlying the analysis of data from screening tests. In addition to the known formulas for the proportion of positive (negative) classifications that are correct, we provide a large sample approximation to their standard errors. The resu...

  16. Test Report for Acceptance Test Procedure for Pumping Instrumentation and Control Skid P

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    KOCH, M.R.

    2000-03-29

    This Acceptance Test Report (ATR) provides the test results for the inspection and testing of the new Pumping Instrumentation and Control (PIC) skid designed as ''P''. The ATR summaries the results and provides a copy of the ATP and inspections in the Appendix.

  17. Test Report for Acceptance Test Procedure for Pumping Instrumentation and Control Skid Q

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    KOCH, M.R.

    2000-05-11

    This Acceptance Test Report (ATR) provides the test results for the inspection and testing of the new Pumping Instrumentation and Control (PIC) skid designed as ''Q''. The ATR summaries the results and provides a copy of the ATP and inspections in the Appendix.

  18. Closed testing procedure for multiplicity control. An application on oxidative stress parameters in Hashimoto's Thyroiditis

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Angela Alibrandi

    2017-03-01

    Full Text Available Closed Testing procedures represent an effective solution to the need to make inferences on multiple aspects at the same time, controlling the Familywise Error Rate (FWER, that is the error rate of the hierarchical family. Closed Testing procedures have a high degree of adaptability to a wide range of experimental situations, both in parametric than in non-parametric ambit. The attention is focused on the  Bonferroni-Holm method, frequently used to counteract the problem of multiple comparisons. The present paper aims to show an original application of the Closed Testing procedures for multiplicity control in medical research, with reference to the oxidative stress; in particular the Min-P Bonferrroni-Holm method was applied to the p-value adjustment, related to three parameters (BAP, D-ROMS, AGEs of oxidative stress in Hashimoto’s thyroidytis.

  19. The Development and Validation of Conceptual and Procedural Understanding Test for Integral Calculus

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tuan Salwani Awang Salleh

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available This study discusses the process of developing and validating a conceptual and procedural understanding test for integral calculus. The aim was to produce a valid and reliable test to measure students’ understanding of both types of knowledge, conceptual and procedural, in integral calculus. The test questions were developed in four main stages consisting of eight distinct systematic phases. The validation process started with discussions with content experts followed by a pilot test. Four experts provided inputs for the content validity purposes. Their inputs were used to produce a valid set of Integral Calculus achievement test comprising 15 questions. A pilot test assessed the reliability and fit statistics of the test. The test was administered to 79 students in a higher learning institution selected randomly from a group of students taking Integral Calculus. The data was analyzed using Winstep’s software to ensure the quality of the questions. The analysis was done separately for each construct. The results indicated excellent item reliability indices with very good index separation values for both constructs. However, the person reliability indices for both constructs were only fair to good. Likewise, the results revealed only fair index separation values. In terms of fit statistics, three conceptual understanding items were replaced with a new item. Meanwhile, for procedural understanding items, two items were combined and one misfitting item was modified. Based on the experts’ views and empirical data, the test questions were modified before they were used in the actual study.

  20. Safety testing and operational procedures for self-developed radiofrequency coils.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hoffmann, Jens; Henning, Anke; Giapitzakis, Ioannis A; Scheffler, Klaus; Shajan, G; Pohmann, Rolf; Avdievich, Nikolai I

    2016-09-01

    The development of novel radiofrequency (RF) coils for human ultrahigh-field (≥7 T), non-proton and body applications is an active field of research in many MR groups. Any RF coil must meet the strict requirements for safe application on humans with respect to mechanical and electrical safety, as well as the specific absorption rate (SAR) limits. For this purpose, regulations such as the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standard for medical electrical equipment, vendor-suggested test specifications for third party coils and custom-developed test procedures exist. However, for higher frequencies and shorter wavelengths in ultrahigh-field MR, the RF fields may become extremely inhomogeneous in biological tissue and the risk of localized areas with elevated power deposition increases, which is usually not considered by existing safety testing and operational procedures. In addition, important aspects, such as risk analysis and comprehensive electrical performance and safety tests, are often neglected. In this article, we describe the guidelines used in our institution for electrical and mechanical safety tests, SAR simulation and verification, risk analysis and operational procedures, including coil documentation, user training and regular quality assurance testing, which help to recognize and eliminate safety issues during coil design and operation. Although the procedure is generally applicable to all field strengths, specific requirements with regard to SAR-related safety and electrical performance at ultrahigh-field are considered. The protocol describes an internal procedure and does not reflect consensus among a large number of research groups, but rather aims to stimulate further discussion related to minimum coil safety standards. Furthermore, it may help other research groups to establish their own procedures. Copyright © 2015 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  1. Acceptance test procedure for a portable, self-contained nitrogen supply

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kostelnik, A.J.

    1994-10-04

    This Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) will document compliance with the requirements of WHC-S-0249 Rev. 1 and ECN 606112. The equipment being tested is a Portable, Self-Contained Nitrogen Supply. The unit was purchased as a Design and Fabrication procurement activity. The Functional Test was written by the Seller and is contained in Appendix A. The Functional test will be performed by the Seller with representatives of the Westinghouse Hanford Company performing inspection and witnessing the functional test at the Seller`s location.

  2. Mediator, Moderator and Intervening Variables in Marketing Researchs: Conceptualization, Differences and Statistical Procedures and Tests

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    shahriar Azizi

    2013-09-01

    Full Text Available Recent years marketing theories has been developed increasingly. This development needs paying attention to variables such as: moderator and mediator for extending marketing research models. Marketing and management researchers need to be informed about the meaning of mediator, moderator and intervening variables and accurate statistical procedures and tests for identification. By understanding the true meaning of mediator, moderator and intervening variables, providing more accurate marketing models that fits real word become easier. In this paper the meanings of those variables were presented and compared. In the next sections of the paper, statistical procedures and tests provided.

  3. A new test procedure for biogenic sulfuric acid corrosion of concrete

    Science.gov (United States)

    Vincke; Verstichel; Monteny; Verstraete

    1999-01-01

    A new test method is described for biogenic sulfuric acid corrosion of concrete, more specifically in sewer conditions. The aim of the new test method is the development of an accelerated and reproducible procedure for monitoring the resistance of different types of concrete with regard to biogenic sulfuric acid corrosion. This experimental procedure reflects worst case conditions by providing besides H2S, also an enrichment of thiobacilli and biologically produced sulfur. By simulating the cyclic processes occurring in sewer pipes, significant differences between concrete mixtures could be detected after 51 days. Concrete modified by a styrene-acrylic ester polymer demonstrated a higher resistance against biogenic sulfuric acid attack.

  4. Bayesian Zero-Failure (BAZE) reliability demonstration testing procedure for components of nuclear reactor safety systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Waller, R.A.

    1977-06-01

    A Bayesian-Zero-Failure (BAZE) reliability demonstration testing procedure is presented. The method is developed for an exponential failure-time model and a gamma prior distribution on the failure-rate. A simple graphical approach using percentiles is used to fit the prior distribution. The procedure is given in an easily applied step-by-step form which does not require the use of a computer for its implementation. The BAZE approach is used to obtain sample test plans for selected components of nuclear reactor safety systems.

  5. A test procedure for energetic and performance analysis of cold appliances for the food industry

    Science.gov (United States)

    Armani, F.; Boscolo, A.

    2013-09-01

    In this article we present a novel approach for the characterization of cold appliances and in particular of refrigerators based on the standard vapour compression cycle with a reciprocating on/off compressor. The test procedure is based on a virtual instrument that perform both the stimulus and the data acquisition on the device under test. Acquired data is elaborated to fit a semi-empirical model based on the energetic balances between thermal and electrical sub systems and the heat exchanged with the environment. This approach results in a simple method to calculate useful parameters of the refrigerator, such as energetic performance, cooling effect and limit values of thermal loads. The test procedure requires only a few temperatures and the electric power consumption to be monitored, resulting in a low impact on the refrigerator. Preliminary tests showed a good estimation of parameters and prediction of energy consumption and heat extraction capacity of the refrigerator under test.

  6. Test Operations Procedure (TOP) 01-1-025 Camouflage Performance Testing Using Observers

    Science.gov (United States)

    2016-05-05

    human observers to test camouflage performance in the visible spectrum however, many of the techniques can be adapted to other spectral bands. The...important factors to consider for any camouflage performance test. a. Terrain can be classified in many ways such as woodland, desert, transitional, snow... spectral drones makes viewing angle relative to the ground plan an important consideration in test design. Further, off- the-shelf technology is no

  7. Experimental testing procedures and dynamic model validation for vanadium redox flow battery storage system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Baccino, Francesco; Marinelli, Mattia; Nørgård, Per; Silvestro, Federico

    2014-05-01

    The paper aims at characterizing the electrochemical and thermal parameters of a 15 kW/320 kWh vanadium redox flow battery (VRB) installed in the SYSLAB test facility of the DTU Risø Campus and experimentally validating the proposed dynamic model realized in Matlab-Simulink. The adopted testing procedure consists of analyzing the voltage and current values during a power reference step-response and evaluating the relevant electrochemical parameters such as the internal resistance. The results of different tests are presented and used to define the electrical characteristics and the overall efficiency of the battery system. The test procedure has general validity and could also be used for other storage technologies. The storage model proposed and described is suitable for electrical studies and can represent a general model in terms of validity. Finally, the model simulation outputs are compared with experimental measurements during a discharge-charge sequence.

  8. 75 FR 59105 - Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs: Federal Drug Testing...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-09-27

    ... modifications. As a reminder to MROs, the ``Test Cancelled'' box should only be used when the split fails to....187(f) rule text on how MROs are to document split specimen results. It is our understanding that...

  9. Comparison of IRT Likelihood Ratio Test and Logistic Regression DIF Detection Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Atar, Burcu; Kamata, Akihito

    2011-01-01

    The Type I error rates and the power of IRT likelihood ratio test and cumulative logit ordinal logistic regression procedures in detecting differential item functioning (DIF) for polytomously scored items were investigated in this Monte Carlo simulation study. For this purpose, 54 simulation conditions (combinations of 3 sample sizes, 2 sample…

  10. 78 FR 151 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Dryers

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-01-02

    ... clothes dryer to mean a cabinet-like appliance designed to dry fabrics in a tumble- type drum with forced... standard HLD-1-2009, ``Household Tumble Type Clothes Dryers,'' and the IEC test standard 61121, ``Tumble... Procedures for Residential Clothes Dryers; Proposed Rule #0;#0;Federal Register / Vol. 78 , No. 1 /...

  11. 78 FR 49607 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Dryers

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-08-14

    ... continuously or intermittently tumbles the clothes dryer drum after the clothes dryer indicates to the user..., ``Household Tumble Type Clothes Dryers,'' and the IEC test standard 61121, ``Tumble dryers for household use... Procedures for Residential Clothes Dryers; Final Rule #0;#0;Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 157 /...

  12. 16 CFR 1209.6 - Test procedures for critical radiant flux.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... ACT REGULATIONS INTERIM SAFETY STANDARD FOR CELLULOSE INSULATION The Standard § 1209.6 Test procedures... radiant flux of exposed attic floor insulation using a radiant heat energy source. (a) Apparatus and... attic floor insulation specimen. The radiant panel generates a radiant energy flux distribution ranging...

  13. 40 CFR 205.54-1 - Low speed sound emission test procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Low speed sound emission test procedures. 205.54-1 Section 205.54-1 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED... example, temperature, humidity, and barometric pressure). (ii) Proper signal levels, terminat-ing...

  14. 40 CFR Appendix I to Subparts D... - Motorcycle Noise Emission Test Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Motorcycle Noise Emission Test Procedures I Appendix I to Subparts D and E of Part 205 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... smoothly and fully closed. An ignition disable de-vice may be used to turn off the engine at clos-ing RPM...

  15. 78 FR 2340 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Water Heaters and Commercial Water...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-01-11

    ... also questionable whether thermal efficiency is an appropriate metric for smaller storage water heaters... that the test procedure for residential water heaters utilized the thermal efficiency and standby loss..., particularly for heat pump water heaters and gas instantaneous water heaters. 3. Revised Thermal Efficiency...

  16. 77 FR 60318 - Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs: 6-acetylmorphine (6-AM...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-10-03

    ... laboratory confirms the presence of 6-acetylmorphine (6-AM). Also, laboratories and MROs will no longer need... procedures for 6-AM, we would place additional requirements on laboratories and MROs. Specifically, when... laboratories and MROs to consult with one another regarding the testing for the presence of 6- AM. The IFR...

  17. 16 CFR 1610.35 - Procedures for testing special types of textile fabrics under the standard.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... textile fabrics under the standard. 1610.35 Section 1610.35 Commercial Practices CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION FLAMMABLE FABRICS ACT REGULATIONS STANDARD FOR THE FLAMMABILITY OF CLOTHING TEXTILES Rules and Regulations § 1610.35 Procedures for testing special types of textile fabrics under the standard. (a)...

  18. 75 FR 78809 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Refrigerators...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-12-16

    ... next evaluation of this test procedure will occur in a manner consistent with the timeline set out in... refrigeration products that use ambient condition sensors that adjust anti-sweat heater power consumption. These... Technology. Natural Resources Defense Council NRDC EA People's Republic of China WTO/TBT National PRC...

  19. 78 FR 7681 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Residential Furnaces and...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-02-04

    ... test procedure explicitly provides for such an option. This ambiguity has worked its way into the AFUE... $1280 to $3200 to update the automatic AFUE calculation program. DOE notes that given the role AHRI has... general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity;...

  20. 78 FR 4060 - Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards, Test Procedures for Roof Trusses

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-01-18

    ... Registered Engineer or Registered Architect or independent third-party agency that is certifying the design... the truss designs evaluated by this procedure must be certified by a Registered Engineer or Architect... certifying the truss design. When testing is deemed necessary by the Registered Engineer or Architect...

  1. 75 FR 8526 - Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-02-25

    ... Office of the Secretary 49 CFR Part 40 RIN 2105-AD64 Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and... required method. However, in response to comments requesting additional flexibility in testing methods, the... may increase flexibility and lower costs for employers who choose to use them over more expensive...

  2. 75 FR 14287 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-03-24

    ... variation; and (3) the relative system efficacy (RSE) method. DOE's initial assessment of the lamp-based... than the proposed resistor-based BE test procedure. DOE found the RSE method to exhibit larger... of RSE as an alternative metric. (NYSERDA, No. 9, pp. 27-28) NEMA asked if DOE might accept a NEMA...

  3. Development of compatibility assessments for full-width and offset frontal impact test procedures in FIMCAR

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Adolph, T.; Schwedhelm, H.; Lazaro, I.; Versmissen, A.C.M.; Edwards, M.; Thomson, R.; Johannsen, H.

    2014-01-01

    The goal of the project FIMCAR (Frontal Impact and Compatibility Assessment Research) was to define an integrated set of test procedures and associated metrics to assess a vehicle's frontal impact protection, which includes self-And partner-protection. For the development of the set, two different f

  4. 75 FR 19296 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures and Energy Conservation Standards for Residential...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-04-14

    ...; ] DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 10 CFR Part 430 RIN 1904-AB89; 1904-AC06 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures and Energy Conservation Standards for Residential Furnaces and Boilers AGENCY: Office of Energy... the energy conservation standards notice of public meeting (NOPM) and availability of a...

  5. 76 FR 70918 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Washers

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-11-16

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 10 CFR Parts 429 and 430 RIN 1904-AC08 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Washers Correction In proposed rule document 2011-28543 appearing on pages 69870-69893 in the issue...

  6. 77 FR 20291 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Washers; Correction

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-04-04

    ... Part 430 RIN 1904-AC08 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Washers... determine compliance of their products with energy conservation standards until the compliance date of any... need not be performed to determine compliance with the energy conservation standards for...

  7. 77 FR 1591 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure for Automatic Commercial Ice Makers

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-01-11

    ...-AC38 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure for Automatic Commercial Ice Makers AGENCY: Office of... and Background A. Authority Title III of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6291, et... subject of today's rulemaking. DOE's energy conservation program, established under EPCA,...

  8. 30 CFR 75.800-3 - Testing, examination and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... High-Voltage Distribution § 75.800-3 Testing, examination and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures. (a) Circuit breakers and their auxiliary devices protecting underground high-voltage circuits... shall include visual observation of all components of the circuit breaker and its auxiliary devices,...

  9. 76 FR 57612 - Energy Efficiency Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Residential Refrigerators...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-09-15

    ... Part 430 RIN 1904-AB92 Energy Efficiency Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Residential Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy... Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Program, EE-2J,...

  10. 76 FR 47178 - Energy Efficiency Program: Test Procedure for Lighting Systems (Luminaires)

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-08-04

    ... 1904-AC50 Energy Efficiency Program: Test Procedure for Lighting Systems (Luminaires) AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy. ACTION: Request for Information. SUMMARY... Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Program, EE-2J, 1000 Independence...

  11. 76 FR 18428 - Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Industrial Equipment: Test Procedures for...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-04-04

    ... average use cycle (as determined by the Secretary), and shall not be unduly burdensome to conduct.'' (42 U... commercial ice makers shall be the Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) Standard 810-2003...-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) and updated its test procedure to reflect changes...

  12. Testing taste sensitivity and aversion in very young children : development of a procedure

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Visser, J; Kroeze, J.H.A.; Kamps, WA; Bijleveld, CMA

    2000-01-01

    Taste perception in 45 3- to 6-year-old children was tested using procedures specifically designed for this age group. Detection thresholds for sucrose and urea were measured by a staircase method and aversion to urea was assessed hedonically, using drawings of facial expressions. All children under

  13. Testing taste sensitivity and aversion in very young children: development of a procedure

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Visser, J.; Kroeze, J.H.A.; Kamps, W.A.; Bijleveld, C.M.A.

    2000-01-01

    Taste perception in 45 3- to 6-year-old children was tested using procedures specifically designed for this age group. Detection thresholds for sucrose and urea were measured by a staircase method and aversion to urea was assessed hedonically, using drawings of facial expressions. All children under

  14. Development of compatibility assessments for full-width and offset frontal impact test procedures in FIMCAR

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Adolph, T.; Schwedhelm, H.; Lazaro, I.; Versmissen, A.C.M.; Edwards, M.; Thomson, R.; Johannsen, H.

    2014-01-01

    The goal of the project FIMCAR (Frontal Impact and Compatibility Assessment Research) was to define an integrated set of test procedures and associated metrics to assess a vehicle's frontal impact protection, which includes self-And partner-protection. For the development of the set, two different

  15. Comparison of IRT Likelihood Ratio Test and Logistic Regression DIF Detection Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Atar, Burcu; Kamata, Akihito

    2011-01-01

    The Type I error rates and the power of IRT likelihood ratio test and cumulative logit ordinal logistic regression procedures in detecting differential item functioning (DIF) for polytomously scored items were investigated in this Monte Carlo simulation study. For this purpose, 54 simulation conditions (combinations of 3 sample sizes, 2 sample…

  16. Studying Differential Item Functioning via Latent Variable Modeling: A Note on a Multiple-Testing Procedure

    Science.gov (United States)

    Raykov, Tenko; Marcoulides, George A.; Lee, Chun-Lung; Chang, Chi

    2013-01-01

    This note is concerned with a latent variable modeling approach for the study of differential item functioning in a multigroup setting. A multiple-testing procedure that can be used to evaluate group differences in response probabilities on individual items is discussed. The method is readily employed when the aim is also to locate possible…

  17. Performance and Health Test Procedure for Grid Energy Storage Systems: Preprint

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Baggu, Murali M [National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL), Golden, CO (United States); Smith, Kandler A [National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL), Golden, CO (United States); Friedl, Andrew [San Diego Gas and Electric; Bialek, Thomas [San Diego Gas and Electric; Schimpe, Michael Robert [Technical University of Munich

    2017-07-27

    A test procedure to evaluate the performance and health of field installations of grid-connected battery energy storage systems (BESS) is described. Performance and health metrics captured in the procedures are: Round-trip efficiency, Standby losses, Response time/accuracy, and Useable Energy/ State of Charge at different discharge/charge rates over the system's lifetime. The procedures are divided into Reference Performance Tests, which require the system to be put in a test mode and are to be conducted in intervals, and Real-time Monitoring tests, which collect data during normal operation without interruption. The procedures can be applied on a wide array of BESS with little modifications and can thus support BESS operators in the management of BESS field installations with minimal interruption and expenditures.can be applied on a wide array of BESS with little modifications and can thus support BESS operators in the management of BESS field installations with minimal interruption and expenditures.

  18. 77 FR 28673 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Residential Furnace Fans

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-05-15

    ... efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of a covered product during a representative... test procedures and offer the public an opportunity to present oral and written comments on them. (42 U... Commission (IEC) Standard 62301, Household electrical appliances--Measurement of standby power, and...

  19. Fibre Laser Welding of HY-80 Steel: Procedure Development and Testing

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-09-01

    2 Welding The material used in this study was quenched and tempered martensitic HY80 steel which conforms to MIL-S-1621 [2]. The testing...Canada Fibre Laser Welding of HY-80 Steel Proceedure Development and Testing Christopher Bayley DLP Neil Aucoin DLP Xinjin Cao NRC IAR AMTC Technical...Memorandum DRDC Atlantic TM 2009-187 September 2010 This page intentionally left blank. Fibre Laser Welding of HY-80 Steel Procedure

  20. Development of Fabrication Procedure and Welding Performance Test for ITER HCCR TBM

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yoon, J. S.; Lee, E. H.; Kim, S. K.; Lee, D. W.; Shin, K. I.; Jin, H. G. [Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute, Daejeon (Korea, Republic of); Cho, S. [National Fusion Research Institute, Daejeon (Korea, Republic of)

    2014-05-15

    Korea has developed and plans to test a Helium Cooled Ceramic Reflector (HCCR) Test Blanket Module (TBM) in the ITER. The HCCR TBM is composed of four sub-modules and a back manipulator (BM). Each sub-module is composed of a first wall (FW), a breeding box with a seven-layer breeding zone (BZ), and side walls (SW) with a cooling path. The front surface of the sub-module is 231 mm in width and 835 mm in height. The test specimens of the ARAA were prepared to test the weldability for tungsten inert gas (TIG) welding and electron beam (EB) welding. To establish and optimize the welding procedure in an EB weld from ARRA material, the variation in the bead width and penetration depth according to the welding current and welding speed were investigated. To verify the weldability and fabrication procedure for a complex structure such as the breeding zone, a small box with a cooling channel is being fabricated using the ARAA steel under development. A fabrication procedure of a HCCR TBM submodule was designed for a first wall, breeding zone including the side wall, and assembled sub-module by welding the first wall and breeding zone box. A plate for the test specimen to evaluate the welding characteristics was fabricated based on the optimized E-beam welding results.

  1. A P-value model for theoretical power analysis and its applications in multiple testing procedures

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fengqing Zhang

    2016-10-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background Power analysis is a critical aspect of the design of experiments to detect an effect of a given size. When multiple hypotheses are tested simultaneously, multiplicity adjustments to p-values should be taken into account in power analysis. There are a limited number of studies on power analysis in multiple testing procedures. For some methods, the theoretical analysis is difficult and extensive numerical simulations are often needed, while other methods oversimplify the information under the alternative hypothesis. To this end, this paper aims to develop a new statistical model for power analysis in multiple testing procedures. Methods We propose a step-function-based p-value model under the alternative hypothesis, which is simple enough to perform power analysis without simulations, but not too simple to lose the information from the alternative hypothesis. The first step is to transform distributions of different test statistics (e.g., t, chi-square or F to distributions of corresponding p-values. We then use a step function to approximate each of the p-value’s distributions by matching the mean and variance. Lastly, the step-function-based p-value model can be used for theoretical power analysis. Results The proposed model is applied to problems in multiple testing procedures. We first show how the most powerful critical constants can be chosen using the step-function-based p-value model. Our model is then applied to the field of multiple testing procedures to explain the assumption of monotonicity of the critical constants. Lastly, we apply our model to a behavioral weight loss and maintenance study to select the optimal critical constants. Conclusions The proposed model is easy to implement and preserves the information from the alternative hypothesis.

  2. Common errors and clinical guidelines for manual muscle testing: "the arm test" and other inaccurate procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Schmitt, Walter H; Cuthbert, Scott C

    2008-01-01

    Background The manual muscle test (MMT) has been offered as a chiropractic assessment tool that may help diagnose neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction. We contend that due to the number of manipulative practitioners using this test as part of the assessment of patients, clinical guidelines for the MMT are required to heighten the accuracy in the use of this tool. Objective To present essential operational definitions of the MMT for chiropractors and other clinicians that should improve the reliability of the MMT as a diagnostic test. Controversy about the usefulness and reliability of the MMT for chiropractic diagnosis is ongoing, and clinical guidelines about the MMT are needed to resolve confusion regarding the MMT as used in clinical practice as well as the evaluation of experimental evidence concerning its use. Discussion We expect that the resistance to accept the MMT as a reliable and valid diagnostic tool will continue within some portions of the manipulative professions if clinical guidelines for the use of MMT methods are not established and accepted. Unreliable assessments of this method of diagnosis will continue when non-standard MMT research papers are considered representative of the methods used by properly trained clinicians. Conclusion Practitioners who employ the MMT should use these clinical guidelines for improving their use of the MMT in their assessments of muscle dysfunction in patients with musculoskeletal pain. PMID:19099575

  3. A test procedure for determining the influence of stress ratio on fatigue crack growth

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fitzgerald, J. H.; Wei, R. P.

    1974-01-01

    A test procedure is outlined by which the rate of fatigue crack growth over a range of stress ratios and stress intensities can be determined expeditiously using a small number of specimens. This procedure was developed to avoid or circumvent the effects of load interactions on fatigue crack growth, and was used to develop data on a mill annealed Ti-6Al-4V alloy plate. Experimental data suggest that the rates of fatigue crack growth among the various stress ratios may be correlated in terms of an effective stress intensity range at given values of K max. This procedure is not to be used, however, for determining the corrosion fatigue crack growth characteristics of alloys when nonsteady-state effects are significant.

  4. European wind turbine testing procedure developments. Task 1: Measurement method to verify wind turbine performance characteristics

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hunter, R.; Friis Pedersen, Troels; Dunbabin, P.;

    2001-01-01

    There is currently significant standardisation work ongoing in the context of wind farm energy yield warranty assessment and wind turbine power performance testing. A standards maintenance team is revising the current IEC (EN) 61400-12 Ed 1 standard forwind turbine power performance testing....... The standard is being divided into four documents. Two of them are drafted for evaluation and verification of complete wind farms and of individual wind turbines within wind farms. This document, and the project itdescribes, has been designed to help provide a solid technical foundation for this revised...... standard. The work was wide ranging and addressed 'grey' areas of knowledge, regarding existing methodologies or to carry out basic research in support offundamentally new procedures. The work has given rise to recommendations in all areas of the work, including site calibration procedures, nacelle...

  5. European wind turbine testing procedure developments. Task 1: Measurement method to verify wind turbine performance characteristics

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hunter, R.; Friis Pedersen, T.; Dunbabin, P.; Antoniou, I.; Frandsen, S.; Klug, H.; Albers, A.; Lee, W.K.

    2001-01-01

    There is currently significant standardisation work ongoing in the context of wind farm energy yield warranty assessment and wind turbine power performance testing. A standards maintenance team is revising the current IEC (EN) 61400-12 Ed 1 standard for wind turbine power performance testing. The standard is being divided into four documents. Two of them are drafted for evaluation and verification of complete wind farms and of individual wind turbines within wind farms. This document, and the project it describes, has been designed to help provide a solid technical foundation for this revised standard. The work was wide ranging and addressed 'grey' areas of knowledge, regarding existing methodologies or to carry out basic research in support of fundamentally new procedures. The work has given rise to recommendations in all areas of the work, including site calibration procedures, nacelle anemometry, multi-variate regression analysis and density normalisation. (au)

  6. Alternative procedure for the cold test for soybean seeds Procedimento alternativo para o teste de frio em semente de soja

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bruno Guilherme Torres Licursi Vieira

    2010-10-01

    Full Text Available The growing demand for high quality soybean [Glycine max (L. Merrill] seeds requires a precise seed quality control system from the seed industry. One way to accomplish this is by improving vigor testing. Cold test has been traditionally employed for corn seeds. However, it has also been used for other seed crops such as cotton (Gossypium spp., soybean (Glycine Max, dry bean (Phaseolus vulgaris and pea (Pisum sativum. This study was carried out with the objective of adjusting an alternative procedure for the cold test to determine soybean seed vigor. Six commercial soybean seed lots of the cultivar BRS 133 were used. The physiological potential of the seed lots was evaluated by germination on paper towel and sand box, seedling field emergence, tetrazolium, accelerated aging and electrical conductivity tests. Seed moisture content was also determined. The temperature used for the cold test procedures was 10ºC during five days. Four cold test procedures were evaluated: i plastic boxes with soil; ii rolled paper towel with soil; iii rolled paper towel without soil, and iv an alternative procedure, using rolled paper towel without soil under cold water. A completely randomized experimental design with eight replications was used and the means were compared by the Tukey test (p = 0.05. To verify the dependence between the alternative test and others single linear correlation was used. All cold test procedures had similar coefficients of variation (CV, highlighting that rolled paper towel with soil and the alternative procedure had the best performance, with an average of 94% and 93% normal seedlings and CV of 3.2% and 3.6%, respectively. The alternative procedure has satisfactory results for estimating soybean seed vigor, yielding consistent results compared to the traditional procedure.A crescente demanda por semente de soja [Glycine max (L. Merrill] de alta qualidade tem requerido da indústria de sementes um controle de qualidade mais preciso

  7. 40 CFR 86.163-00 - Spot check correlation procedures for vehicles tested using a simulation of the environmental...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... vehicles tested using a simulation of the environmental test cell for air conditioning emission testing. 86... tested using a simulation of the environmental test cell for air conditioning emission testing. This... described in § 86.091-29. (c) Spot check procedures. (1) Subject to the limitations of paragraphs (a) and...

  8. Ghana/JICA/WHO training course in polio diagnostic procedures and vaccine potency testing.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kobayakawa, T

    1993-12-01

    The Ghana/Japan International Cooperation Agency/WHO training course in polio diagnostic procedures and vaccine potency testing was initiated at the Noguchi Memorial Institute for Medical Research in Ghana for 5 consecutive years from 1992. The purpose of the course is to create virologists and technicians competent in the laboratory methods to support the polio eradication initiative in Africa. The participants are invited mainly from anglophone countries in the region.

  9. Equipment and procedures for ON-SITE testing of PV plants and BIPV

    OpenAIRE

    2014-01-01

    Actual system performance of a PV system can differ from its expected behaviour.. This is the main reason why the performance of PV systems should be monitored, analyzed and, if needed, improved on. Some of the current testing procedures relating to the electrical behaviour of PV systems are appropriated for detecting electrical performance losses, but they are not well-suited to reveal hidden defects in the modules of PV plants and BIPV, which can lead to future losses. This paper reports on...

  10. A NEW TEST PROCEDURE FOR NEW BETTER THAN USED IN INCREASING CONVEX ORDERING

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LI Xiaohu

    2004-01-01

    A new nonparametric procedure is developed to test the exponentiality against the strict NBUC property of a life distribution. The exact null distribution is derived by the theory of sample spacings, and the asymptotic normality is also established by the large sample theory of L-statistics. Finally, the lower and upper tailed probability of the exact null distribution and some numerical simulation results are presented as well.

  11. Reevaluation of USAFSAM Sampling and Data-Averaging Procedures for Respirator Quantitative Fit Test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    1984-06-01

    other than In connection with a definitely Government-related procure- ment, the United States Government incurs no responsibility nor any obligation...CED!JRES _________________FOR RESPIRATOR QUNTITATIVE PIT TEST 𔃼. PSCNAL AUj~r-iORIS Laird, A. Rachel, Ph.D. Iea r PF OF REPORT 13b. TIME COVERED 14...sections show that part of the discrepancy is due to an incorrect procedure and part to differences in the definition of average PF. An alternate method

  12. A validity generalization procedure to test relations between intrinsic and extrinsic motivation and influence tactics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Barbuto, John E; Moss, Jennifer A

    2006-08-01

    The relations of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation with use of consultative, legitimating, and pressure influence tactics were examined using validity generalization procedures. 5 to 7 field studies with cumulative samples exceeding 800 were used to test each relationship. Significance was found for relation between agents' intrinsic motivation and their use of consultative influence tactics and agents' extrinsic motivation and their use of legitimating influence tactics.

  13. A procedure for automated analysis of brief pumping tests of domestic wells.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Klusman, Kate

    2004-01-01

    A new computer program has been developed to automate analysis of brief single-well pumping tests. Adapted from a procedure developed by Picking (1994) that does not require measurement of the pumping rate, this new program is menu-driven and eliminates one significant source of imprecision in Picking's original method, namely, selection of "well function of u" values by interpolation in a lookup table. This new program has been applied to tests of 25 domestic wells penetrating bedrock, each pumped for <2 min.

  14. Dry type transformers: Performance tests and qualification procedures. Trasformatori a secco: prove e metodologie di collaudo

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Caprio, G.; Yakov, S.

    1986-06-01

    In the performance testing of dry type transformers, not only electrical, but even environmental conditions play an important role. This is true especially with regard to dielectric stress withstand capabilities since the dielectric field is predominantly concentrated in the aerated zones where unfavourable atmospheric conditions can lead to considerable decay in dielectric rigidity. Testing procedures, normally employed for oil insulated transformers should therefore, in the case of dry type transformers, be modified to be able to ascertain compatibility between transformer type and the specific environmental conditions in which it must operate.

  15. Performance on Selected Candidate Screening Test Procedures Before and After Army Basic and Advanced Individual Training

    Science.gov (United States)

    1985-06-01

    CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MOS Cluster Lifting Capacity Aerobic Capacity ALPHA >40 kg >2.25 1/min BRAVO >40 kg 1.5 -2.25 1/min CHARLIE >40 kg ə.50 1/min...between tests. Isometric Handgrip Strength (HG) The handgrip apparatus and procedure was that of Knapik and Ramos (17). This test was selected because it...endurance training programs. In: Exercise and Sport Science Reviews. J.H.Wilmore (Ed). Academic Press, NY, NY. V1:15 188, 1973. 17. Ramos ,M.U., J.J.Knapik

  16. Fructose breath hydrogen test--is it really a harmless diagnostic procedure?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Müller, P; Meier, C; Böhme, H J; Richter, T

    2003-01-01

    Usage of hydrogen breath tests has become one of the standard procedures in diagnosing chronic unspecific abdominal pain. These tests are said to be of sufficient specificity and sensitivity, are easily done, non-invasive and are more often practiced in outpatients. A 13-year-old boy is reported with chronic unspecific abdominal pain and growth retardation and so far misdiagnosed hereditary fructose intolerance (HFI), who developed life-threatening adverse effects during the fructose breath hydrogen test. It is concluded that the possibility of HFI should be excluded first by a carefully explored dietary history before the fructose breath test is performed under medical supervision. If there is any suspicion of HFI, a molecular genetic analysis should be preferred.

  17. Evaporation as an ageing procedure prior to wood preservative biological testing: when standardization needs metrology

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Martin L.

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The wood preservation laboratory of Cirad is accredited by COFRAC (French accreditation committee – accreditation No. 1-1686 for tests on (1 durability of wood and wood-based products; (2 protective efficacy of wood preservatives; (3 efficacy of termite control products. In order to test the efficacy of wood preservatives, non-durable wood blocks are treated using different product doses and exposed to the attack of xylophageous organisms (fungi, insects. To reproduce the ageing of treated wood blocks, some laboratory procedures are available. Amongst them, there is an evaporation procedure, reproducing the action of a warm air flow onto treated wood. This ageing step is very discriminant, as only the formulations fixing effectively the active ingredients will pass the biological test afterwards. This ageing by evaporation is described in the EN73 standard. Nevertheless, many points remain difficult to overcome. The tunnels used for the evaporation are all prototypes; as such equipment is not available currently on the market. So each laboratory has got its own tunnel device. Moreover the way to measure the temperature and speed of the air flow is very difficult to achieve considering the prescriptions of the EN73 standard. The EN73 standard is being revised by the European standardization group (CEN TC38 and despite the metrological aspects were crucial and inadequate in former version, they were not considered as they should. The wood preservation laboratory has forwarded remarks in order to supersede some points of the revision document in order to consider the metrological aspects. This is of main importance as the ageing procedure is commonly used prior to most of the biological test, and such tested products are put on the market based on the efficacy results.

  18. Testing declarative memory in laboratory rats and mice using the nonconditioned social discrimination procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Engelmann, Mario; Hädicke, Jana; Noack, Julia

    2011-07-14

    Testing declarative memory in laboratory rodents can provide insights into the fundamental mechanisms underlying this type of learning and memory processing, and these insights are likely to be applicable to humans. Here we provide a detailed description of the social discrimination procedure used to investigate recognition memory in rats and mice, as established during the last 20 years in our laboratory. The test is based on the use of olfactory signals for social communication in rodents; this involves a direct encounter between conspecifics, during which the investigatory behavior of the experimental subject serves as an index for learning and memory performance. The procedure is inexpensive, fast and very reliable, but it requires well-trained human observers. We include recent modifications to the procedure that allow memory extinction to be investigated by retroactive and proactive interference, and that enable the dissociated analysis of the central nervous processing of the volatile fraction of an individual's olfactory signature. Depending on the memory retention interval under study (short-term memory, intermediate-term memory, long-term memory or long-lasting memory), the protocol takes ~10 min or up to several days to complete.

  19. The fractal dimension of a test signal: implications for system identification procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Victor, J D

    1987-01-01

    The experimental identification of a non-linear biologic transducer is often approached via consideration of its response to a stochastic test ensemble, such as Gaussian white noise (Marmarelis and Marmarelis 1978). In this approach, the input-output relationship a deterministic transducer is described by an orthogonal series of functionals. Laboratory implementation of such procedures requires the use of a particular test signal drawn from the idealized stochastic ensemble; the statistics of the particular test signal necessarily deviate from the statistics of the ensemble. The notion of a fractal dimension (specifically the capacity dimension) is a means to characterize a complex time series. It characterizes one aspect of the difference between a specific example of a test signal and the test ensemble from which it is drawn: the fractal dimension of ideal Gaussian white noise is infinite, while the fractal dimension of a particular test signal is finite. This paper shows that the fractal dimension of a test signal is a key descriptor of its departure from ideality: the fractal dimension of the test signal bounds the number of terms that can reliably be identified in the orthogonal functional series of an unknown transducer.

  20. A Test Procedure for Ordered Hypothesis of Population Proportions Against a Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Waheed Babatunde YAHYA

    2016-04-01

    Full Text Available Objective: This paper aims to present a novel procedure for testing a set of population proportions against an ordered alternative with a control. Material and Methods: The distribution of the test statistic for the proposed test was determined theoretically and through Monte-Carlo experiments. The efficiency of the proposed test method was compared with the classical Chi-square test of homogeneity of population proportions using their empirical Type I error rates and powers at various sample sizes. Results: The new test statistic that was developed for testing a set of population proportions against an ordered alternative with a control was found to have a Chi-square distribution with non-integer values degrees of freedom v that depend on the number of population groups k being compared. Table of values of v for comparing up to 26 population groups was constructed while an expression was developed to determine v for cases where k > 26. Further results showed that the new test method is capable of detecting the superiority of a treatment, for instance a new drug type, over some of the existing ones in situations where only the qualitative data on users’ preferences of all the available treatments (drug types are available. The new test method was found to be relatively more powerful and consistent at estimating the nominal Type I error rates (α, especially at smaller sample sizes than the classical Chi-square test of homogeneity of population proportions. Conclusion: Conclusion: Conclusion: Conclusion: The new test method proposed here could find applications in pharmacology where a newly developed drug might be expected to be more preferred by users than some of the existing ones. This kind of test problem can equally exist in medicine, engineering and humanities in situations where only the qualitative data on users’ preferences of a set of treatments or systems are available.

  1. Simulation and analysis of data for enhancing low cycle fatigue test procedures

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sarajaervi, U.; Cronvall, O. [VTT Technical Research Centre of Finland (Finland)

    2006-04-15

    The simulation and analysis of data for enhancing low cycle fatigue test procedures is discussed in this report. The analysed materials are an austenitic stainless piping steel and an austenitic weld material. This project continues the work performed in 2003 and 2004. The fatigue test data treatment application developed within the project in 2004 for the preparation of the fatigue data has been developed further. Also, more fatigue test data has been analysed with the application than in 2004. In addition to this numerical fatigue simulations were performed with FEM code ABAQUS. With the fatigue test data treatment application one can e.g. both calculate cyclically certain relevant characteristic values, e.g. elastic range, and form a set of certain cyclical parameter values needed as a part of ABAQUS analysis input files. The hardening properties of metals were modelled with both isotropic and kinematic hardening models. The further development of the application included trimming of the analysed data, and consequently trimming of resulting hardening parameters. The need for the trimming arose from the fact that the analysed fatigue test data presents some scatter caused by the limited accuracy of the test equipment and the sampling rate. The hardening parameters obtained from the application analysis results were used in the subsequent ABAQUS analyses, and then the fatigue test data were compared with the ABAQUS simulation results. After finding a procedure to trim result data to get smooth curves for cyclic hardening, hardening and softening could be reproduced in ABAQUS analysis with a reasonable accuracy. The modelling of the fatigue induced initiation and growth of cracks was not considered in this study. On the other hand, a considerable part of the fatigue life of nuclear power plant (NPP) piping components is spent in the phase preceding the initiation and growth of cracks. (au)

  2. 40 CFR 63.9915 - What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with dioxin...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with dioxin/furan emission limits? 63.9915 Section 63.9915....9915 What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with dioxin... limit for dioxins/furans in Table 1 to this subpart, you must follow the test methods and procedures...

  3. 49 CFR 40.247 - What procedures does the BAT or STT follow after a screening test result?

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 1 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false What procedures does the BAT or STT follow after a... What procedures does the BAT or STT follow after a screening test result? (a) If the test result is an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02, as the BAT or STT, you must do the following: (1) Sign and date...

  4. 9 CFR 147.30 - Laboratory procedure recommended for the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) test for Mycoplasma...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) test for Mycoplasma gallisepticum and M. synoviae. 147.30 Section... Examination Procedures § 147.30 Laboratory procedure recommended for the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) test... sample (100 to 2000 ng/5 μl) with one of the following 45 μl PCR cocktails: (i) 5 μl 10x PCR buffer, 1...

  5. 77 FR 4698 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure and Energy Conservation Standard for Set-Top Boxes...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-01-31

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 10 CFR Part 430 RIN 1904-AC52 Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure and Energy Conservation Standard for... development of test procedures and energy conservation standards for set-top boxes and network equipment....

  6. 40 CFR 63.2161 - What performance tests and other procedures must I use if I monitor brew ethanol?

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... procedures must I use if I monitor brew ethanol? 63.2161 Section 63.2161 Protection of Environment... and other procedures must I use if I monitor brew ethanol? (a) You must conduct each performance test... performance test simultaneously with brew ethanol monitoring to establish a brew-to-exhaust...

  7. An Overview of Models of Speaking Performance and Its Implications for the Development of Procedural Framework for Diagnostic Speaking Tests

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Zhongbao

    2013-01-01

    This paper aims at developing a procedural framework for the development and validation of diagnostic speaking tests. The researcher reviews the current available models of speaking performance, analyzes the distinctive features and then points out the implications for the development of a procedural framework for diagnostic speaking tests. On…

  8. Competence of Testing and Calibrating Laboratories, Procedure to Facilitate the Process.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ivonne Jacqueline Valdés Peña

    2013-03-01

    Full Text Available As an investigation in the field of Laboratories competence, the proposal of a an evaluation procedure and another one to facilitate the competence process of calibrating and testing labs, permitted to identify the main causes that influence on this process using basic quality tools such as: brain storming, cause-effect diagram, Pareto diagram and surveys. The result of one stratific pattern for organism compiled the 94 % of the laboratories surveyed it is showed the need of focussing the efforts on the categories: Personnel, managers´ training about the standards for competence, selection of responsible quality personnel, training of lab technicians; Methods, home auditing Program and documented procedures that assure the quality results. Based on these causes are stated the reasons that create the basis to Laboratories competence in Sancti Spíritus, that until this moment is missing a methodological instrument to face this process.

  9. Procedure guideline for radioiodine test (version 3); Verfahrensanweisung zum Radioiodtest (Version 3)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dietlein, M.; Schicha, H. [Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Nuklearmedizin (DGN) (Germany); Koeln Univ. (Germany). Klinik und Poliklinik fuer Nuklearmedizin; Dressler, J. [Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Nuklearmedizin (DGN) (Germany); Nuklearmedizinische Klinik der Henriettenstiftung, Hannover (Germany); Eschner, W. [Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Nuklearmedizin (DGN) (Germany); Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Medizinische Physik (DGMP) (Germany); Koeln Univ. (Germany). Klinik und Poliklinik fuer Nuklearmedizin; Lassmann, M. [Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Nuklearmedizin (DGN) (Germany); Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Medizinische Physik (DGMP) (Germany); Wuerzburg Univ. (Germany). Klinik und Poliklinik fuer Nuklearmedizin; Leisner, B. [Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Nuklearmedizin (DGN) (Germany); Allgemeines Krankenhaus St. Georg, Hamburg (Germany). Abt. fuer Nuklearmedizin; Reiners, C. [Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Nuklearmedizin (DGN) (Germany); Wuerzburg Univ. (Germany). Klinik und Poliklinik fuer Nuklearmedizin

    2007-07-01

    The version 3 of the procedure guideline for radioiodine test is an update of the guideline previously published in 2003. The procedure guideline discusses the pros and cons of a single measurement or of repeated measurements of the iodine-131 uptake and their optimal timing. Different formulas are described when one, two or three values of the radioiodine kinetic are available. The probe with a sodium-iodine crystal, alternatively or additionally the gamma camera using the ROI-technique are instrumentations for the measurement of iodine-131 uptake. A possible source of error is an inappropriate measurement (sonography) of the target volume. The patients' preparation includes the withdrawal of antithyroid drugs 2-3 days before radioiodine administration. The patient has to avoid iodine-containing medication and the possibility of additives of iodine in vitamin- and electrolyte-supplementation has to be considered. (orig.)

  10. Performance testing of HEPA filters: Progress towards a European standard procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dyment, J.

    1997-08-01

    Proposals for a future European testing procedure for {open_quotes}High Efficiency Particulate Air Filters (HEPA and ULPA){close_quotes} are being developed by CEN (Comite Europeen de Normalisation). The new standard will be given the status of national standard in participating countries, conflicting national standards being withdrawn. The standard will comprise 5 parts covering the grouping and classification of HEPA and ULPA filters according to their efficiency, fundamental principles of testing, marking etc (in part 1). Part 2 will cover aerosol production, measurement principles, counting equipment and statistics. Parts 3-5 will cover testing flat sheet media, leak testing of filter elements and the efficiency testing of filter elements respectively. The efficiency test methods allow the use of either homogeneous monodisperse or polydisperse aerosols for the determination of particulate filtration efficiencies as a function of particle size. The particle size at which maximum penetration occurs is first determined in flat sheet media tests; tests on filter elements (constructed using the same filter medium) may be carried out using either a homogeneous monodisperse aerosol of the size at which maximum penetration occurs (MPPS) or a polydisperse aerosol whose median size is close to the MPPS. Tests with monodisperse aerosols may be conducted using condensation nucleus counting equipment; tests using polydisperse test aerosols require the use of optical sizing particle counters. When determining the efficiency of filter elements the downstream aerosol concentrations may be determined from air samples obtained using either an overall method (single point sampling after mixing) or a scan method. The scan method also allows {open_quotes}local{close_quotes} efficiency values to be determined. 1 ref., 1 fig., 1 tab.

  11. Procedures for successful data collection through psychological tests in the elderly

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    António Moreira Diniz

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Drawing on the experience of sampling and assessing thousands of elders, who dwell both in rural and urban areas, from all socio-economic strata, we present data collection procedures recommended to assess elderly populations. Based on International Test Commission's Guidelines (2010 for test translation and adaptation, we propose the administration of psychological tests to older adults in an interview format arguing that it is better suited for such population. We provide and discuss practical examples and common problems of data collection regarding: the need of adapting the translation to make cultural and psychological sense; the lack of familiarity of most elders with the psychological assessment setting and process; and, ethical concerns for this specific population.

  12. Establishment of quality assurance procedures for aquatic toxicity testing with the nematode Caenorhabditis elegans

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Freeman, M.N.; Marse, T.J.; Williams, P.L. [Univ. of Georgia, Athens, GA (United States). Environmental Health Science Program

    1998-12-31

    In this study initial data were generated to develop laboratory control charts for aquatic toxicity testing using the nematode Caenorhabditis elegans. Tests were performed using two reference toxicants: CdCl{sub 2} and CuCl{sub 2}. All tests were performed for 24 h without a food source and of 48 h with a food source in a commonly used nematode aquatic medium. Each test was replicated 6 times with each replicate having 6 wells per concentration with 10 {+-} 1 worms per well. Probit analysis was used to estimate LC{sub 50} values for each test. The data were used to construct a mean ({bar x}) laboratory control chart for each reference toxicant. The coefficient of variation (CV) for three of the four reference toxicant tests was less than 20%, which demonstrates an excellent degree of reproducibility. These CV values are well within suggested standards for determination of organism sensitivity and overall test system credibility. A standardized procedure for performing 24 h and 48 h aquatic toxicity studies with C. elegans is proposed.

  13. Usability Testing for Developing Effective Interactive Multimedia Software: Concepts, Dimensions, and Procedures

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sung Heum Lee

    1999-04-01

    Full Text Available Usability testing is a dynamic process that can be used throughout the process of developing interactive multimedia software. The purpose of usability testing is to find problems and make recommendations to improve the utility of a product during its design and development. For developing effective interactive multimedia software, dimensions of usability testing were classified into the general categories of: learnability; performance effectiveness; flexibility; error tolerance and system integrity; and user satisfaction. In the process of usability testing, evaluation experts consider the nature of users and tasks, tradeoffs supported by the iterative design paradigm, and real world constraints to effectively evaluate and improve interactive multimedia software. Different methods address different purposes and involve a combination of user and usability testing, however, usability practitioners follow the seven general procedures of usability testing for effective multimedia development. As the knowledge about usability testing grows, evaluation experts will be able to choose more effective and efficient methods and techniques that are appropriate to their goals.

  14. Standardization of reporting procedures for nematicide efficacy testing: a research and extension perspective.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mueller, J D; Noling, J W

    1996-12-01

    Nematicide tests reported in the Annals of Applied Nematology from 1991 to 1995 were reviewed and evaluated for 24 criteria. Most criteria such as soil type, nematode density, cultivar planted, test location, and nematicide applied were reported in more than adequate detail. Soil moisture content and temperature conditions during the test, field history of pesticide use, agronomic-horticultural production practices, and measurements of yield were reported less adequately. Many reports dealing with fumigant nematicides and application by irrigation had inadequate descriptions of rates and application methodology, Although areas for improvement exist, overall the published works in Annals of Applied Nematology are well-reported experiments. Pressure exists from several elements of hematology to "standarize" reporting procedures and test practices. Due to the diversity of crops, nematodes, nematicides, edaphic and environmental conditions that affect nematicide fate, nematode activity, plant growth, and subsequently nematicide efficacy, creation of a completely standardized format is improbable. More accurate reporting of some test criteria rather than standardization will allow better comparison between tests when results do not concur and allow future researchers to duplicate application rates and methodologies to determine the sources of discrepancies between tests, including environmental variations.

  15. An Application of Graphical Approach to Construct Multiple Testing Procedure in a Hypothetical Phase III Design

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Naitee eTing

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Many multiple testing procedures (MTP have been developed in recent years. Among these new procedures, the graphical approach is flexible and easy to communicate with non-statisticians. A hypothetical Phase III clinical trial design is introduced in this manuscript to demonstrate how graphical approach can be applied in clinical product development. In this design, an active comparator is used. It is thought that this test drug under development could potentially be superior to this comparator. For comparison of efficacy, the primary endpoint is well established and widely accepted by regulatory agencies. However, an important secondary endpoint based on Phase II findings looks very promising. The target dose may have a good opportunity to deliver superiority to the comparator. Furthermore, a lower dose is included in case the target dose may demonstrate potential safety concerns. This Phase III study is designed as a non-inferiority trial with two doses, and two endpoints. This manuscript will illustrate how graphical approach is applied to this design in handling multiple testing issues.

  16. Lagoon Seepage Testing Procedures for Central Facilities Area (CFA) Sewage Lagoons at Idaho National Laboratory Butte County, Idaho April 2014

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Alan Giesbrecht

    2014-05-01

    The lagoon seepage testing procedures are documented herein as required by the Wastewater Rules (IDAPA 58.01.16.493). The Wastewater Rules and Wastewater Reuse Permit LA-000141-03 require that the procedure used for performing a seepage test be approved by IDEQ prior to conducting the seepage test. The procedures described herein are based on a seepage testing plan that was developed by J-U-B ENGINEERS, Inc. (J-U-B) and has been accepted by several IDEQ offices for lagoons in Idaho.

  17. Practicability of passenger vehicle driving emission tests according to new European Union procedures

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pielecha Jacek

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available The article compares driving test data using the latest legislative proposals applicable to passenger cars. Several measurements were performed on the same test route in accordance with the RDE test guidelines, which requires a number of criteria to be met. These criteria include: the length of the measuring segments, their overall test time share, and the dynamic characteristics of the drive. A mobile device for reading the EOBD System information was used to record the engine and vehicle operating parameters during tests. This allowed for the monitoring of parameters such as: load value, engine speed and vehicle velocity. The obtained results were then analyzed for their compatibility with the RDE procedure requirements. Despite the same research route, the obtained results were not the same. The analysis also uses the two-dimensional operating time share characteristics expressed in vehicle velocity and acceleration co-ordinates. As a result it was possible to compare the dynamic properties, share of operating time and, consequently, to check the validity of conducted drive tests in terms of their practicability and emission values.

  18. The functional status of the professional football players during functional testing procedure

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pavlichenko P.P.

    2015-11-01

    Full Text Available The purpose of the investigation was the analysis of the functional status of professional football players during the special functional testing procedure (shuttle test. We used different testing methods such as an ergometry, gas analyzing, pulsemetry, and biochemical blood lactate level measuring for checking up physical conditioning. The technique “PHAZAGRAF” was used for assessment of the functional status of players by measuring the ІТ -index of symmetry of T-wave in standard ECG and for testing of vegetative system tonus. We used mathematic methods for data processing. The test of physical readiness showed 11 players with high level capacity to aerobic work with the result of more than 885 seconds. Low result was fixed when the player`s run-time was less than 820 seconds. The findings showed that functional status failures are attendant with ІТ -increasing and lowering of total aerobic readiness. This is revealed in lowering of the maximum oxygen consumption that showed lowering of total aerobic capacity. There was also found that increasing of the standard deviation of ІТ -index could accompany lowering of the running time in the shuttle test. Therewith, vegetative tonus failures in the form of prevailing of sympathetic system activity are not obligatory followed with failures of special or total capacity to work.

  19. Are Preoperative Routine Laboratory Tests Necessary in Minor and Moderate Surgical Procedures?

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Abit Toker

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available Preoperative routine tests are commonly used to evaluate patients who will have planned elective surgical procedure. In this study, we aimed to identify the preoperative tests required for ASA I-II patients, over 40 years old, who will undergo elective minor and moderate surgeries. Totally 140 patients were included in the study. They were separated into 2 groups equally [Group I (40-59 years and Group II (≥60 years] according to their ages. The patients’ preoperative tests; including chest radiography, electrocardiography, hemoglobin, white blood cell, platelets, glucose, sodium, potassium, aspartate transaminase, alanine transaminase, ürea and creatinine were evaluated together with history and physical examination. After routine monitoring, balance anaesthesia was performed. The patients were followed during the peroperative and postoperative 24 hours for any problems occurred. In Group I; excluding ürea in both male and female patients and haemoglobin in only female patients; preoperative tests had no effect on the management of the asymptomatic patients. In Group II; electrocardiography, chest radiography, ürea, glucose and hemoglobin tests effected the management of the patients in the preoperative and postoperative period. In conclusion, preoperative tests could be ordered according to history and physical examination of the patients.

  20. Downstream Procedures and Outcomes After Stress Testing For Suspected Coronary Artery Disease in the United States

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mudrick, Daniel W; Cowper, Patricia A; Shah, Bimal R; Patel, Manesh R; Jensen, Neil C; Drawz, Matthew J; Peterson, Eric D; Douglas, Pamela S

    2013-01-01

    Background Millions of Americans with suspected coronary artery disease undergo non-invasive cardiac stress testing annually. Downstream procedures and subsequent outcomes among symptomatic patients without known coronary disease referred for stress testing are not well characterized in contemporary community practice. Methods We examined administrative insurance billing data from a national insurance provider from November 2004 through June 2007. After excluding patients with prior cardiac disease or chest pain evaluation, we identified 80,676 people age 40–64 years with outpatient cardiac stress testing within 30 days after an office visit for chest pain. We evaluated rates of invasive coronary angiography, coronary revascularization, and cardiovascular events after stress testing. Results Within 60 days, only 8.8% of stress test patients underwent cardiac catheterization and only 2.7% underwent revascularization; within one year only 0.5% suffered death, myocardial infarction, or stroke. There were marked geographic variations in one-year rates of catheterization (3.8–14.8%) and revascularization (1.2–3.0%) across 20 hospital referral regions. Conclusions In this large national cohort of middle-aged patients without previously coded cardiac diagnosis who were referred for stress testing after outpatient chest pain evaluation, few proceeded to invasive angiography or revascularization, and subsequent cardiovascular events were infrequent. PMID:22424017

  1. Air Traffic Management Technology Demostration: 1 Research and Procedural Testing of Routes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wilson, Sara R.; Kibler, Jennifer L.; Hubbs, Clay E.; Smail, James W.

    2015-01-01

    NASA's Air Traffic Management Technology Demonstration-1 (ATD-1) will operationally demonstrate the feasibility of efficient arrival operations combining ground-based and airborne NASA technologies. The ATD-1 integrated system consists of the Traffic Management Advisor with Terminal Metering which generates precise time-based schedules to the runway and merge points; Controller Managed Spacing decision support tools which provide controllers with speed advisories and other information needed to meet the schedule; and Flight deck-based Interval Management avionics and procedures which allow flight crews to adjust their speed to achieve precise relative spacing. Initial studies identified air-ground challenges related to the integration of these three scheduling and spacing technologies, and NASA's airborne spacing algorithm was modified to address some of these challenges. The Research and Procedural Testing of Routes human-in-the-loop experiment was then conducted to assess the performance of the new spacing algorithm. The results of this experiment indicate that the algorithm performed as designed, and the pilot participants found the airborne spacing concept, air-ground procedures, and crew interface to be acceptable. However, the researchers concluded that the data revealed issues with the frequency of speed changes and speed reversals.

  2. Preoperative testing and risk assessment: perspectives on patient selection in ambulatory anesthetic procedures

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Stierer TL

    2015-08-01

    Full Text Available Tracey L Stierer,1,2 Nancy A Collop3,41Department of Anesthesiology, 2Department of Critical Care Medicine, Otolaryngology Head and Neck Surgery, Johns Hopkins Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA; 3Department of Medicine, 4Department of Neurology, Emory University, Emory Sleep Center, Wesley Woods Center, Atlanta, GA, USAAbstract: With recent advances in surgical and anesthetic technique, there has been a growing emphasis on the delivery of care to patients undergoing ambulatory procedures of increasing complexity. Appropriate patient selection and meticulous preparation are vital to the provision of a safe, quality perioperative experience. It is not unusual for patients with complex medical histories and substantial systemic disease to be scheduled for discharge on the same day as their surgical procedure. The trend to “push the envelope” by triaging progressively sicker patients to ambulatory surgical facilities has resulted in a number of challenges for the anesthesia provider who will assume their care. It is well known that certain patient diseases are associated with increased perioperative risk. It is therefore important to define clinical factors that warrant more extensive testing of the patient and medical conditions that present a prohibitive risk for an adverse outcome. The preoperative assessment is an opportunity for the anesthesia provider to determine the status and stability of the patient’s health, provide preoperative education and instructions, and offer support and reassurance to the patient and the patient’s family members. Communication between the surgeon/proceduralist and the anesthesia provider is critical in achieving optimal outcome. A multifaceted approach is required when considering whether a specific patient will be best served having their procedure on an outpatient basis. Not only should the patient's comorbidities be stable and optimized, but details regarding the planned procedure and the resources available

  3. Tank Monitor and Control System sensor acceptance test procedure. Revision 5

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Scaief, C.C. III

    1994-09-26

    The purpose of this acceptance test procedure (ATP) is to verify the correct reading of sensor elements connected to the Tank Monitor and Control System (TMACS). This ATP is intended to be used for testing of the connection of existing temperature sensors, new temperature sensors, pressure sensing equipment, new Engraf level gauges, sensors that generate a current output, and discrete (on/off) inputs. It is intended that this ATP will be used each time sensors are added to the system. As a result, the data sheets have been designed to be generic. The TMACS has been designed in response to recommendations from the Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board primarily for improved monitoring of waste tank temperatures. The system has been designed with the capability to monitor other types of sensor input as well.

  4. 105KE Basin Area Radiation Monitor System (ARMS) Acceptance Test Procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    KINKEL, C.C.

    1999-12-14

    This procedure is intended for the Area Radiation Monitoring System, ARMS, that is replacing the existing Programmable Input-Output Processing System, PIOPS, radiation monitoring system in the 105KE basin. The new system will be referred to as the 105KE ARMS, 105KE Area Radiation Monitoring System. This ATP will ensure calibration integrity of the 105KE radiation detector loops. Also, this ATP will test and document the display, printing, alarm output, alarm acknowledgement, upscale check, and security functions. This ATP test is to be performed after completion of the 105KE ARMS installation. The alarm outputs of the 105KE ARMS will be connected to the basin detector alarms, basin annunciator system, and security Alarm Monitoring System, AMS, located in the 200 area Central Alarm Station (CAS).

  5. 105KE Basin Area Radiation Monitor System (ARMS) Acceptance Test Procedure

    CERN Document Server

    Kinkel, C C

    1999-01-01

    This procedure is intended for the Area Radiation Monitoring System, ARMS, that is replacing the existing Programmable Input-Output Processing System, PIOPS, radiation monitoring system in the 105KE basin. The new system will be referred to as the 105KE ARMS, 105KE Area Radiation Monitoring System. This ATP will ensure calibration integrity of the 105KE radiation detector loops. Also, this ATP will test and document the display, printing, alarm output, alarm acknowledgement, upscale check, and security functions. This ATP test is to be performed after completion of the 105KE ARMS installation. The alarm outputs of the 105KE ARMS will be connected to the basin detector alarms, basin annunciator system, and security Alarm Monitoring System, AMS, located in the 200 area Central Alarm Station (CAS).

  6. Test and measurement procedures to set up the Quality-/Energy-Matrix for UPS

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Schnyder, G.; Mauchle, P.

    2005-03-15

    This comprehensive report for the Swiss Federal Office of Energy (SFOE) is one of a set of nine reports that provide an overall review of the energy-efficiency of UPS systems. This report takes a look at the test and energy-measurement procedures necessary for the setting up of a quality/energy matrix. General definitions applicable to all measurements are defined along with specific test definitions and measurement criteria for specific faults and failures caused, for example, by variations in supply frequency and transients. Also considered are the measurement of power-factors and distortions as well as losses and efficiency. The report is completed with an appendix concerning standards along with the quality/energy matrix form itself.

  7. Testing linen disinfection procedures in practice with phage-charged-bioindicators.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gerhardts, Anja; Mucha, Helmut; Höfer, Dirk

    2012-01-01

    Disinfecting laundry processes are essential to avoid contamination of laundering machines and linen during commercial laundry reprocessing in the health care sector. Recently a bacteriophage-charged bioindicator has been developed using MS2 as surrogate virus for testing of low-temperature disinfecting laundry processing on efficacy against viruses related to practice. This paper therefore aims to investigate application of MS2-bioindicators in chemothermal processes under practical conditions (phase 2/step 2) and in practice (phase 3). The experimental design was developed and modified according to the German Society for Hygiene and Microbiology (DGHM) Standard Methods for Testing Chemical Disinfection Processes. Tests under practical conditions were performed at 60 degrees C and 70 degrees C. Additional tests in tunnel washers were carried out at 60 degrees C and 70 degrees C. In all experiments validated disinfecting laundry processes, recommended for bactericidal and virucidal performance (categories A and B), were applied. The results show a temperature-dependent gradual efficacy against the test virus MS2 up to reduction values of more than 8 log10-steps. Therefore MS2-bioindicators prove to be suitable as a tool to determine the performance of disinfection procedures against viruses in practice. Phage-charged bioindicators may be a tool to provide further insights into the reliability of antiviral laundry processes for health care quality management and for infection control.

  8. Influence of splints and temporary crowns upon electric and thermal pulp-testing procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fulling, H J; Andreasen, J O

    1976-09-01

    The influence of different splints and temporary crowns upon the reliability of electric and thermal pulp-testing procedures was examined in 10 patients with vital maxillary central incisors and 10 patients with vital maxillary central incisors and 10 patients with unilateral pulp necrosis of a central incisor. The pulp-testing procedures were: (1) Bofors Pulp Tester, (2) Siemens Sirotest, (3) heated guttapercha, (4) ice, and (5) carbon dioxide snow (Odontotest). The splints or temporary crowns were: (1) silver cap splint, (2) acrylic cap splint, (3) Hawley orthodontic plate, (4) Saur's arch bar, (5) orthodontic bands, (6) stainless steel crown, and (7) stainless steel crown with labial surface removed. A reliable electrometric pulp response could only be elicited if the pulp tester was applied directly upon enamel and preferably upon the incisal edge. In this instance metal splints or partial steel crowns applied to the tooth had no effect on the pain threshold. A false positive reaction in case of pulp necrosis was only elicited when the electrode was placed directly upon metal which contacted neighboring vital teeth. The use of ice and heated guttapercha appeared to be of limited value, due to inconsistent pulp responses. Carbon dioxide snow gave a reliable response, unless applied on the incisal edge.

  9. Optimisation of forensic genetics procedures used in disputed paternity testing: adjustment of the PCR reaction volume.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Marjanović, Damir; Bakal, Narcisa; Kovacević, Lejla; Hodzić, Melisa; Haverić, Anja; Haverić, Sanin; Ibrulj, Slavica; Durmić, Adaleta

    2006-05-01

    Standard molecular techniques, with only a slight modification, are very useful in obtaining and interpreting the final results in the field of forensic genetic. Data obtained through such analysis are highly reliable and can be used as a very powerful tool that produces valuable results. However, success and swiftness of DNA typing of biological evidence either that found at a crime scene or used in disputed paternity testing, depends on the optimization of numerous factors. One of the most important and critical phases that ensures reliability of the whole procedure is the choice of the most suitable volume for the amplification protocol. Buccal swabs were collected from volunteers. DNA was extracted by Qiagen Dnaeasy Tissue Kit. PowerPlex 16 kit was used to simultaneously amplify 15 STR loci by PCR. Amplification was carried out as described previously. The tested total working reaction volumes were 5, 10 and 25 microl. The PCR amplification was carried out in PE Gene Amp PCR System Thermal Cycler (ABI, Foster City, CA). Amplification products were analyzed on an ABI PRISM 377 instrument (ABI, Foster City, CA) in 5% bis-acrilamide gel. Amplification was generally successful for all the tested reaction volumes. Lower partial to complete DNA profiles ratio, the quality of obtained STR profiles, significantly reduced amount of reaction's components give advantage to 5 microl reaction volume over other two tested volumes in this case.

  10. Developing standard performance testing procedures for material control and accounting components at a site

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Scherer, Carolynn P [Los Alamos National Laboratory; Bushlya, Anatoly V [ROSATOM, RUSSIA; Efimenko, Vladimir F [IPPE, RUSSIA; Ilyanstev, Anatoly [IPPE, RUSSIA; Regoushevsky, Victor I [IPPE, RUSSIA

    2010-01-01

    The condition of a nuclear material control and accountability system (MC&A) and its individual components, as with any system combining technical elements and documentation, may be characterized through an aggregate of values for the various parameters that determine the system's ability to perform. The MC&A system's status may be functioning effectively, marginally or not functioning based on a summary of the values of the individual parameters. This work included a review of the following subsystems, MC&A and Detecting Material Losses, and their respective elements for the material control and accountability system: (a) Elements of the MC&A Subsystem - Information subsystem (Accountancy/Inventory), Measurement subsystem, Nuclear Material Access subsystem, including tamper-indicating device (TID) program, and Automated Information-gathering subsystem; (b) Elements for Detecting Nuclear Material Loses Subsystem - Inventory Differences, Shipper/receiver Differences, Confirmatory Measurements and differences with accounting data, and TID or Seal Violations. In order to detect the absence or loss of nuclear material there must be appropriate interactions among the elements and their respective subsystems from the list above. Additionally this work includes a review of regulatory requirements for the MC&A system component characteristics and criteria that support the evaluation of the performance of the listed components. The listed components had performance testing algorithms and procedures developed that took into consideration the regulatory criteria. The developed MC&A performance-testing procedures were the basis for a Guide for MC&A Performance Testing at the material balance areas (MBAs) of State Scientific Center of the Russian Federation - Institute for Physics and Power Engineering (SSC RF-IPPE).

  11. 9 CFR 147.31 - Laboratory procedures recommended for the real-time polymerase chain reaction test for Mycoplasma...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... the real-time polymerase chain reaction test for Mycoplasma gallisepticum (MGLP ReTi). 147.31 Section... Examination Procedures § 147.31 Laboratory procedures recommended for the real-time polymerase chain reaction... lp gene. (c) MGLP ReTi. Primers and probe should be utilized in a 25 µl reaction containing 12.5...

  12. Leach and EP (extraction procedure) toxicity tests on grouted waste from Tank 106-AN

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Serne, R.J.; Martin, W.J.; Lokken, R.O.; LeGore, V.L.; Lindenmeier, C.W.; Martin, P.F.C.

    1989-09-01

    Pacific Northwest Laboratory is conducting laboratory experiments to produce leach rate data for various waste species that will be contained in grout at Hanford. In the work reported here, grout made from Tank 106-AN liquid waste was used to produce empirical leach rate data for several radionuclides ({sup 60}Co, {sup 90}Sr, {99}Tc, {129}I, {137}Cs, and {sup 241}Am), stable major components (NO{sub 3}{sup {minus}}, NO{sub 2}{sup {minus}}, F, Cl, and Na), and trace metals (Cr, Mo, and Ni). Two types of tests were used to produce leach rate data: an intermittent replacement leach test (ANS 16.1 leach test) and a static leach test. Measured effective diffusivities of key species are as follows: 4 to 6 {times} 10{sup {minus}8} cm{sup 2}/sec for {sup 99}Tc, 3 to 7 {times} 10{sup {minus}8} cm{sup 2}/sec for {sup 129}I, 4 to 6 {times} 10{sup {minus}9} cm{sup 2}/sec for nitrate, and 6 to 7 {times} 10{sup {minus}9} cm{sup 2}/sec for nitrite. The leach indices of all species studied are above (more favorable than) the waste form criteria. The leach indices for {sup 99}Tc and {sup 129}I are 7.4 {plus minus} 1.2 and 7.6 {plus minus} 0.4, respectively, and are being further investigated in continuing studies of double-shell slurry feed grouts. An Extraction Procedure (EP) toxicity test was also conducted and the grouted water is considered nontoxic per this test protocol. 19 refs., 9 figs., 8 tabs.

  13. An empirical test of the independence between declarative and procedural working memory in Oberauer's (2009) theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Barrouillet, Pierre; Corbin, Lucie; Dagry, Isabelle; Camos, Valérie

    2015-08-01

    It has recently been suggested that working memory could be conceived as two symmetrical subsystems with analogous structure and processing principles: a declarative working memory storing objects of thought available for cognitive operations, and a procedural working memory holding representations of what to do with these objects (Oberauer, Psychology of learning and motivation 51: 45-100, 2009). Within this theoretical framework, the two subsystems are thought to be independent and fueled by their own capacity. The present study tested this hypothesis through two experiments using a complex span task in which participants were asked to maintain consonants for further recall while performing response selection tasks. In line with Oberauer's conception, the load of the procedural working memory was varied by manipulating the number of stimulus-response mappings of the response selection task. Increasing the number of these mappings had a strong detrimental effect on recall performance. Besides contradicting Oberauer's proposal, this finding supports models that assume a resource-sharing between processing and storage in working memory.

  14. 9 CFR 147.6 - Procedure for determining the status of flocks reacting to tests for Mycoplasma gallisepticum...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... (SPD) test shall be conducted. Provided, that for egg-type and meat-type chicken and waterfowl... randomly selected birds shall be taken promptly and cultured individually or a PCR-based procedure...

  15. The study features of test procedures of students' knowledge on the physical training lessons

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Korobejnik V.A.

    2013-09-01

    Full Text Available The aim is to determine the significance of the relationship and special professional skills necessary to detect and correct errors and evaluating students in physical education classes. The surveys were a group of qualified teachers (n = 31 with different pedagogical experience. Each teacher was asked to arrange the professional quality of the places from 1 to 10. It was found that all investigated have a certain quality and a high level of relationship, but they are manifested in different periods of teaching. It is shown that the process of organizing and carrying out checks of expertise includes logically related mental operations which are the basis of test procedures of students' knowledge on the physical training lessons. Found that the most weighty qualities were related to skills: a rating, comment exposed estimate visually identify the error and determine its significance.

  16. Personality, punishment, and procedural learning: a test of J.A. Gray's anxiety theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Corr, P J; Pickering, A D; Gray, J A

    1997-08-01

    Effects of punishment and personality on a phylogenetically old form of knowledge acquisition, procedural learning, were studied to test J. A. Gray's 1970, 1987, 1991) theory of anxiety. Broad measures of personality (extraversion, E.; neuroticism, N; and psychoticism, P) and specific measures of trait anxiety (Anx) and impulsivity (Imp) were taken. Punishment led to response invigoration, reducing reaction time latency, but this was not related to personality. A negative correlation of P and learning was observed in both punishment and control conditions. In support of Gray's theory, high Anx improved learning under punishment (and impaired learning under control), and low Anx improved learning under control (and impaired learning under punishment). These data are contrasted with H.J. Eysenck's (1967) arousal theory of personality. Results point to a new behavioral tool with which researchers can explore further the interaction of reinforcement, arousal, and personality.

  17. A procedure for the change point problem in parametric models based on phi-divergence test-statistics

    CERN Document Server

    Batsidis, Apostolos; Pardo, Leandro; Zografos, Konstantinos

    2011-01-01

    This paper studies the change point problem for a general parametric, univariate or multivariate family of distributions. An information theoretic procedure is developed which is based on general divergence measures for testing the hypothesis of the existence of a change. For comparing the accuracy of the new test-statistic a simulation study is performed for the special case of a univariate discrete model. Finally, the procedure proposed in this paper is illustrated through a classical change-point example.

  18. Powertrain Test Procedure Development for EPA GHG Certification of Medium- and Heavy-Duty Engines and Vehicles

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chambon, Paul H. [Oak Ridge National Lab. (ORNL), Oak Ridge, TN (United States); Deter, Dean D. [Oak Ridge National Lab. (ORNL), Oak Ridge, TN (United States)

    2016-07-01

    xiii ABSTRACT The goal of this project is to develop and evaluate powertrain test procedures that can accurately simulate real-world operating conditions, and to determine greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions of advanced medium- and heavy-duty engine and vehicle technologies. ORNL used their Vehicle System Integration Laboratory to evaluate test procedures on a stand-alone engine as well as two powertrains. Those components where subjected to various drive cycles and vehicle conditions to evaluate the validity of the results over a broad range of test conditions. Overall, more than 1000 tests were performed. The data are compiled and analyzed in this report.

  19. 76 FR 58345 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Dishwashers, Dehumidifiers, and...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-09-20

    ... procedure amendments originally included in the December 2010 NOPR. For the reader's convenience, DOE has... of power uncertainty, crest factor, power measurement frequency response, sampling methods, average... a choice of measurement procedures, including sampling methods, average reading methods, and a...

  20. Grid Interconnection and Performance Testing Procedures for Vehicle-To-Grid (V2G) Power Electronics: Preprint

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kramer, W.; Chakraborty, S.; Kroposki, B.; Hoke, A.; Martin, G.; Markel, T.

    2012-03-01

    Bidirectional power electronics can add vehicle-to-grid (V2G) capability in a plug-in vehicle, which then allows the vehicle to operate as a distributed resource (DR). The uniqueness of the battery-based V2G power electronics requires a test procedure that will not only maintain IEEE interconnection standards, but can also evaluate the electrical performance of the vehicle working as a DR. The objective of this paper is to discuss a recently published NREL technical report that provides interim test procedures for V2G vehicles for their integration into the electrical distribution systems and for their performance in terms of continuous output power, efficiency, and losses. Additionally, some other test procedures are discussed that are applicable to a V2G vehicle that desires to provide power reserve functions. A few sample test results are provided based on testing of prototype V2G vehicles at NREL.

  1. Comparison of intensities and rest periods for VO2max verification testing procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nolan, P B; Beaven, M L; Dalleck, L

    2014-11-01

    We sought to determine the incidence of 'true' VO2max confirmation with the verification procedure across different protocols. 12 active participants (men n=6, women n=6) performed in random order 4 different maximal graded exercises tests (GXT) and verification bout protocols on 4 separate days. Conditions for the rest period and verification bout intensity were: A - 105% intensity, 20 min rest; B - 105% intensity, 60 min rest; C - 115% intensity, 20 min rest; D - 115% intensity, 60 min rest. VO2max confirmation (difference between peak VO2 GXT and verification trialVO2max confirmation across all exercise test conditions (intensity effect within recovery 20 min (χ(2) (1)=4.800, pVO2max confirmation with different rest periods. We recommend the use of 105% of the maximal GXT workload and 20 min rest periods when using verification trials to confirm VO2max in normally active populations. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

  2. Extraction procedure testing of solid wastes generated at selected metal ore mines and mills

    Science.gov (United States)

    Harty, David M.; Terlecky, P. Michael

    1986-09-01

    Solid waste samples from a reconnaissance study conducted at ore mining and milling sites were subjected to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency extraction procedure (EP) leaching test Sites visited included mines and mills extracting ores of antimony (Sb), mercury (Hg), vanadium (V), tungsten (W), and nickel (Ni). Samples analyzed included mine wastes, treatment pond solids, tailings, low grade ore, and other solid wastes generated at these facilities Analysis of the leachate from these tests indicates that none of the samples generated leachate in which the concentration of any toxic metal parameter exceeded EPA criteria levels for those metals. By volume, tailings generally constitute the largest amount of solid wastes generated, but these data indicate that with proper management and monitoring, current EPA criteria can be met for tailings and for most solid wastes associated with mining and milling of these metal ores. Long-term studies are needed to determine if leachate characteristics change with time and to assist in development of closure plans and post closure monitoring programs.

  3. Examining nurse empathy for infant procedural pain: Testing a new video measure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Latimer, Margot; Jackson, Philip; Johnston, Celeste; Vine, Jocelyn

    2011-01-01

    Research reporting effective pain care strategies exists, yet it is not translated to care. Little is known about how repeated pain exposure has affected nurses' ability to be empathetic and use their knowledge to provide evidence-based care. Concerns have been raised regarding the validity of self-report empathy instruments; therefore, a novel video program was developed for testing. It was hypothesized that those who viewed infants in painful and nonpainful states would have a measureable empathy (pain rating) response correlating to the level of pain expressed by the infants. To validate the newly developed Empathy for Infant Pain video program (EIPvp) by determining whether nurse and non-nurse control groups' pain scores of 24 video clips showing infants undergoing real medical procedures were equal. A descriptive cross-sectional video judgement study. Fifty female participants (25 nurses and 25 allied health controls) were asked to score the infant procedural pain level displayed in the EIPvp using a visual analogue scale and a composite score of known infant pain cues. Participants also scored their own sensitivity to painful events. Participants rated the videos contained in the EIPvp similarly in three categories (no, low or high pain); however, there were consistent differences between groups within the categories. Nurses scored facial cues for all categories higher than the control group. Nurses scored their own pain in hypothetical situations and that of the infants consistently higher than the control group. The EIPvp yielded predictable responses from both the nurse and non-nurse control groups when scoring the pain expressed in the video clips. Nurses' detection of pain more often than controls may have been an indication that they have greater knowledge of pain cues, or their empathy levels may have been different as a result of their exposure to, or their perceived relationship with, patients. The EIPvp was validated and has promising potential for

  4. Study of an automated procedure for a Dutch sentence test for the measurement of the speech reception threshold in noise.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Terband, Hayo; Drullman, Rob

    2008-11-01

    A procedure was developed for the automated measurement of the speech reception threshold in stationary noise (SRTn), which can be administered by the subjects themselves using a computer. The procedure was based on the SRTn test for Dutch developed by Plomp and Mimpen [(1979). "Improving the reliability of testing the speech reception threshold for sentences," Audiology, 18, 43-52]. Because in the automated procedure the responses were entered on a keyboard, the question of how to deal with typing and spelling errors played a key role. At first the possibility of scoring on keywords only was examined. An experiment was conducted in which the adaptive procedure was varied. Results showed that the combination of scoring each keyword separately and a fixed scheme of the adaptation of the signal-to-noise ratio throughout the procedure yields the highest test-retest reliability. Subsequently, the collection and verification of responses using a keyboard were examined. Two different algorithms were developed and evaluated against the traditional task of verbal repetition and response verification by an experimenter. The results indicated a preference for verification by dynamic alignment over a spelling checker approach. In conclusion, the results show that it is possible to automate the test procedure while maintaining sufficient reliability.

  5. Development of a test system to evaluate procedures for decontamination of respirators containing viral droplets.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Vo, Evanly; Rengasamy, Samy; Shaffer, Ronald

    2009-12-01

    The aim of this study was to develop a test system to evaluate the effectiveness of procedures for decontamination of respirators contaminated with viral droplets. MS2 coliphage was used as a surrogate for pathogenic viruses. A viral droplet test system was constructed, and the size distribution of viral droplets loaded directly onto respirators was characterized using an aerodynamic particle sizer. The sizes ranged from 0.5 to 15 mum, and the sizes of the majority of the droplets were the range from 0.74 to 3.5 mum. The results also showed that the droplet test system generated similar droplet concentrations (particle counts) at different respirator locations. The test system was validated by studying the relative efficiencies of decontamination of sodium hypochlorite (bleach) and UV irradiation with droplets containing MS2 virus on filtering facepiece respirators. It was hypothesized that more potent decontamination treatments would result in corresponding larger decreases in the number of viable viruses recovered from the respirators. Sodium hypochlorite doses of 2.75 to 5.50 mg/liter with a 10-min decontamination period resulted in approximately 3- to 4-log reductions in the level of MS2 coliphage. When higher sodium hypochlorite doses (> or =8.25 mg/liter) were used with the same contact time that was used for the dilute solutions containing 2.75 to 5.50 mg/liter, all MS2 was inactivated. For UV decontamination at a wavelength of 254 nm, an approximately 3-log reduction in the level of MS2 virus was achieved with dose of 4.32 J/cm(2) (3 h of contact time with a UV intensity of 0.4 mW/cm(2)), while with higher doses of UV irradiation (> or =7.20 J/cm(2); UV intensity, 0.4 mW/cm(2); contact times, > or =5 h), all MS2 was inactivated. These findings may lead to development of a standard method to test decontamination of respirators challenged by viral droplets.

  6. 16 CFR 1610.40 - Use of alternate apparatus, procedures, or criteria for tests for guaranty purposes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... manufacture for sale, importation into the United States, or introduction in commerce of any fabric or article... its requirements may base those guaranties on any alternate test utilizing apparatus or procedures... of this part. Any person using such an alternate test must have data or information to demonstrate...

  7. 76 FR 78174 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure and Energy Conservation Standard for Set-Top Boxes...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-12-16

    ... channel shall be in SD format, minimum 480i resolution. (3) Reference Channel C: 24-hour news channel... Source The ENERGY STAR test procedure describes three reference channels to be used for testing STBs...) Section 4.H. (1) Reference Channel A: Network television channel, standard definition (SD) format,...

  8. Can we fix it? Yes we can! But what? A new test of procedural invariance in TTO-measurement.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Attema, Arthur E; Brouwer, Werner B F

    2008-07-01

    The TTO-method is often used to value health states, but it is susceptible to several biases and methodological difficulties. One of these is a violation of procedural invariance, which means that the way a TTO-question is framed, i.e. either by fixing the period in imperfect health or that in perfect health, can have a substantial effect on the elicited value of a health state. There are four important sources of discrepancy of the two procedures: loss aversion, maximum endurable time, scale compatibility and discounting. In this article, we present the results of a new test of procedural invariance in which we avoided or corrected for two of these sources (discounting and maximum endurable time). Our results indicate that while correcting for discounting does diminish the difference between the two TTO-procedures, a large and significant violation of procedural invariance remains. Loss aversion is probably the main determinant of the remainder of this difference.

  9. Electronic Nose Testing Procedure for the Definition of Minimum Performance Requirements for Environmental Odor Monitoring.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Eusebio, Lidia; Capelli, Laura; Sironi, Selena

    2016-09-21

    Despite initial enthusiasm towards electronic noses and their possible application in different fields, and quite a lot of promising results, several criticalities emerge from most published research studies, and, as a matter of fact, the diffusion of electronic noses in real-life applications is still very limited. In general, a first step towards large-scale-diffusion of an analysis method, is standardization. The aim of this paper is describing the experimental procedure adopted in order to evaluate electronic nose performances, with the final purpose of establishing minimum performance requirements, which is considered to be a first crucial step towards standardization of the specific case of electronic nose application for environmental odor monitoring at receptors. Based on the experimental results of the performance testing of a commercialized electronic nose type with respect to three criteria (i.e., response invariability to variable atmospheric conditions, instrumental detection limit, and odor classification accuracy), it was possible to hypothesize a logic that could be adopted for the definition of minimum performance requirements, according to the idea that these are technologically achievable.

  10. Electronic Nose Testing Procedure for the Definition of Minimum Performance Requirements for Environmental Odor Monitoring

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lidia Eusebio

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available Despite initial enthusiasm towards electronic noses and their possible application in different fields, and quite a lot of promising results, several criticalities emerge from most published research studies, and, as a matter of fact, the diffusion of electronic noses in real-life applications is still very limited. In general, a first step towards large-scale-diffusion of an analysis method, is standardization. The aim of this paper is describing the experimental procedure adopted in order to evaluate electronic nose performances, with the final purpose of establishing minimum performance requirements, which is considered to be a first crucial step towards standardization of the specific case of electronic nose application for environmental odor monitoring at receptors. Based on the experimental results of the performance testing of a commercialized electronic nose type with respect to three criteria (i.e., response invariability to variable atmospheric conditions, instrumental detection limit, and odor classification accuracy, it was possible to hypothesize a logic that could be adopted for the definition of minimum performance requirements, according to the idea that these are technologically achievable.

  11. Electronic Nose Testing Procedure for the Definition of Minimum Performance Requirements for Environmental Odor Monitoring

    Science.gov (United States)

    Eusebio, Lidia; Capelli, Laura; Sironi, Selena

    2016-01-01

    Despite initial enthusiasm towards electronic noses and their possible application in different fields, and quite a lot of promising results, several criticalities emerge from most published research studies, and, as a matter of fact, the diffusion of electronic noses in real-life applications is still very limited. In general, a first step towards large-scale-diffusion of an analysis method, is standardization. The aim of this paper is describing the experimental procedure adopted in order to evaluate electronic nose performances, with the final purpose of establishing minimum performance requirements, which is considered to be a first crucial step towards standardization of the specific case of electronic nose application for environmental odor monitoring at receptors. Based on the experimental results of the performance testing of a commercialized electronic nose type with respect to three criteria (i.e., response invariability to variable atmospheric conditions, instrumental detection limit, and odor classification accuracy), it was possible to hypothesize a logic that could be adopted for the definition of minimum performance requirements, according to the idea that these are technologically achievable. PMID:27657086

  12. A urinary test procedure for identification of cannabidiol in patients undergoing medical therapy with marijuana

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Wertlake PT

    2016-02-01

    Full Text Available Paul T Wertlake, Michael D Henson Pacific Toxicology Laboratories, Chatsworth, CA, USA Abstract: Marijuana is classified by the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA as Schedule I, drugs having no accepted medical value. Twenty-three states and the District of Columbia have legalized medical marijuana. This conflict inhibits physicians from prescribing marijuana and the systematic study of marijuana in medical care. This study concerns the use of the clinical laboratory as a resource for physicians recommending cannabidiol (CBD to patients, or for patients using medical marijuana. Marijuana containing delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC is psychoactive. CBD is not psychoactive. CBD is reported to have medical benefit for seizure control, neurologic disorders including multiple sclerosis, neuropathic pain and pain associated with cancer. Use of opiates leads to increasing dosage over time that may cause respiratory depression. The Medical Board of California has termed this a serious public health crisis of addiction, overdose, and death. Is it feasible that CBD might alleviate persistent, severe pain and therefore diminished opiate use? Further study is needed to determine medical effectiveness of CBD including the effect on concurrent opiate therapy due to competition for receptor sites. This study is the application of a gas chromatography mass spectrometry procedure adapted for use in our laboratory, to detect CBD in urine. The intended use is as a tool for physicians to assess that marijuana being used by a patient is of a composition likely to be medically effective. A law ensuring physicians freedom from federal prosecution would provide confidence essential to formal study of medical uses of marijuana and treatment of clinical problems. Detection of CBD in a urine sample would be a convenient test for such confirmation. Keywords: laboratory test, assay, medical management 

  13. The way that you do it? An elaborate test of procedural invariance of TTO, using a choice-based design.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Attema, Arthur E; Brouwer, Werner B F

    2012-08-01

    The time tradeoff (TTO) method is often used to derive Quality-Adjusted Life Year health state valuations. An important problem with this method is that results have been found to be responsive to the procedure used to elicit preferences. In particular, fixing the duration in the health state to be valued and inferring the duration in full health that renders an individual indifferent, causes valuations to be higher than when the duration in full health is fixed and the duration in the health state to be valued is elicited. This paper presents a new test of procedural invariance for a broad range of time horizons, while using a choice-based design and adjusting for discounting. As one of the known problems with the conventional procedure is the violation of constant proportional tradeoffs (CPTO), we also investigate CPTO for the alternative TTO procedure. Our findings concerning procedural invariance are rather supportive for the TTO procedure. We find no violations of procedural invariance except for the shortest gauge duration. The results for CPTO are more troublesome: TTO scores depend on gauge duration, reinforcing the evidence reported when using the conventional procedure.

  14. 75 FR 52892 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Residential Water Heaters...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-08-30

    ... discretion, this direct measurement procedure is optional for vented heaters without thermal stack dampers... efficiency is calculated for vented heaters with manual controls and thermal dampers. For all other vented... Procedures for Residential Water Heaters, Direct Heating Equipment, and Pool Heaters AGENCY: Office of...

  15. 49 CFR Appendix B to Part 179 - Procedures for Simulated Pool and Torch-Fire Testing

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... used to simulate a torch fire under paragraph 3a(2) of this appendix. (2) The back of the bare plate... 49 Transportation 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Procedures for Simulated Pool and Torch-Fire... SPECIFICATIONS FOR TANK CARS Pt. 179, App. B Appendix B to Part 179—Procedures for Simulated Pool and...

  16. 30 CFR 77.800-1 - Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... circuit breakers; procedures. 77.800-1 Section 77.800-1 Mineral Resources MINE SAFETY AND HEALTH..., examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures. (a) Circuit breakers and their auxiliary devices... circuit breaker and its auxiliary devices, and such repairs or adjustments as are indicated by such...

  17. 40 CFR 63.1282 - Test methods, compliance procedures, and compliance demonstrations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... average benzene emissions using the model GRI-GLYCalcTM, Version 3.0 or higher, and the procedures presented in the associated GRI-GLYCalcTM Technical Reference Manual. Inputs to the model shall be... procedures documented in the Gas Research Institute (GRI) report entitled “Atmospheric Rich/Lean Method for...

  18. A urinary test procedure for identification of cannabidiol in patients undergoing medical therapy with marijuana.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wertlake, Paul T; Henson, Michael D

    2016-01-01

    Marijuana is classified by the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) as Schedule I, drugs having no accepted medical value. Twenty-three states and the District of Columbia have legalized medical marijuana. This conflict inhibits physicians from prescribing marijuana and the systematic study of marijuana in medical care. This study concerns the use of the clinical laboratory as a resource for physicians recommending cannabidiol (CBD) to patients, or for patients using medical marijuana. Marijuana containing delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) is psychoactive. CBD is not psychoactive. CBD is reported to have medical benefit for seizure control, neurologic disorders including multiple sclerosis, neuropathic pain and pain associated with cancer. Use of opiates leads to increasing dosage over time that may cause respiratory depression. The Medical Board of California has termed this a serious public health crisis of addiction, overdose, and death. Is it feasible that CBD might alleviate persistent, severe pain and therefore diminished opiate use? Further study is needed to determine medical effectiveness of CBD including the effect on concurrent opiate therapy due to competition for receptor sites. This study is the application of a gas chromatography mass spectrometry procedure adapted for use in our laboratory, to detect CBD in urine. The intended use is as a tool for physicians to assess that marijuana being used by a patient is of a composition likely to be medically effective. A law ensuring physicians freedom from federal prosecution would provide confidence essential to formal study of medical uses of marijuana and treatment of clinical problems. Detection of CBD in a urine sample would be a convenient test for such confirmation.

  19. A urinary test procedure for identification of cannabidiol in patients undergoing medical therapy with marijuana

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wertlake, Paul T; Henson, Michael D

    2016-01-01

    Marijuana is classified by the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) as Schedule I, drugs having no accepted medical value. Twenty-three states and the District of Columbia have legalized medical marijuana. This conflict inhibits physicians from prescribing marijuana and the systematic study of marijuana in medical care. This study concerns the use of the clinical laboratory as a resource for physicians recommending cannabidiol (CBD) to patients, or for patients using medical marijuana. Marijuana containing delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) is psychoactive. CBD is not psychoactive. CBD is reported to have medical benefit for seizure control, neurologic disorders including multiple sclerosis, neuropathic pain and pain associated with cancer. Use of opiates leads to increasing dosage over time that may cause respiratory depression. The Medical Board of California has termed this a serious public health crisis of addiction, overdose, and death. Is it feasible that CBD might alleviate persistent, severe pain and therefore diminished opiate use? Further study is needed to determine medical effectiveness of CBD including the effect on concurrent opiate therapy due to competition for receptor sites. This study is the application of a gas chromatography mass spectrometry procedure adapted for use in our laboratory, to detect CBD in urine. The intended use is as a tool for physicians to assess that marijuana being used by a patient is of a composition likely to be medically effective. A law ensuring physicians freedom from federal prosecution would provide confidence essential to formal study of medical uses of marijuana and treatment of clinical problems. Detection of CBD in a urine sample would be a convenient test for such confirmation. PMID:26929665

  20. Comparison of three marine screening tests and four Oslo and Paris Commission procedures to evaluate toxicity of offshore chemicals

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Weideborg, M.; Vik, E.A.; Oefjord, G.D.; Kjoennoe, O. [Aquateam-Norwegian Water Technology Centre A/S, Oslo (Norway)

    1997-02-01

    The results from the screening toxicity tests Artemia salina, Microtox{reg_sign}, and Mitochondria RET test were compared with those obtained from OSPAR (Oslo and Paris Commissions)-authorized procedures for testing of offshore chemicals (Skeletonema costatum, Acartia tonsa, Abra alba, and Corophium volutator). In this study 82 test substances (26 non-water soluble) were included. The Microtox test was found to be the most sensitive of the three screening tests. Microtox and Mitochondria RET test results showed good correlation with results from Acartia and Skeletonema testing, and it was concluded that the Microtox test was a suitable screening test as a base for assessment of further testing, especially regarding water-soluble chemicals. Sensitivity of Artemia salina to the tested chemicals was too low for it to be an appropriate bioassay organism for screening testing. A very good correlation was found between the results obtained with the Skeletonema and Acartia tests. The results indicated no need for more than one of the Skeletonema or Acartia tests if the Skeletonema median effective concentration or Acartia median lethal concentration was greater than 200 mg/L. The sediment-reworker tests (A. Alba or C. volutator) for chemicals that are likely to end up in the sediments (non-water soluble or surfactants) should be performed, independent of results from screening tests and other OSPAR species.

  1. Test Operations Procedure (TOP) 01-1-065 Accelerated Corrosion Durability

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-10-15

    as a general guide. This procedure is focused on metallic corrosion and does not accelerate Microbial Induced Corrosion (MIC) or degradation of non...metallic materials such as plastics or rubbers due to solar exposure or other causes of degradation besides what is identified in this procedure... concentration salt solutions that are present on roadways, typically from road deicing salts. The application includes exposure to fine mists from elevated

  2. The effect of lubricating oils on bearing fatigue-life using the Evonik RohMax pitting test procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bartels, Thorsten [Evonik RohMax Additives GmbH, Darmstadt (Germany)

    2009-07-01

    A major requirement for modern driveline lubricants is the need to reduce churning losses and friction in order to deliver continual improvements in fuel efficiency. In trying to achieve this oil formulators target lower and lower viscosities, testing the limits of what is acceptable Churning loss reductions are being made by reducing the viscosity of the lubricating oil. Reduced oil viscosities can lead to reduced oil film thicknesses, especially at high operating temperatures. Thinner oil films can lead to an increase in friction, and a decrease in the fatigue-life capacity in lubricated contacts of bearings and gears in several driveline applications. Extensive fluid testing is required. Current test procedures are subject to extremely high variability, and large numbers of experiments are required to develop high confidence in the test conclusions. This publication introduces a new fatigue-life test method, which in our hands provides a clear improvement in test time, cost, and reproducibility. The test's results enable an estimation of the effect of lubricating oils on bearing fatigue-life. This is done by comparing the results to those obtained with reference oils which have also been tested in the standardized bearing tests for lubricating oils. The effects of operating parameters on test accuracy and repeatability have been studied. The parameters studied are oil temperature, contact pressure, speed and the test specimen batch. In addition to the measurement of bearing fatigue-life, the new test may also be used to study gear fatigue-life. We have used this test to investigate the lubrication oils' influence on fatigue-life in bearings and in gears. In order to extend the comparisons to gear performance the reference fluids were evaluated in standard industry test procedures used for determining gear performance, in particular the FZG test rig, thus establishing an extra insight in the fluids' performance by comparing gear test performance

  3. 40 CFR 790.28 - Procedures for developing consent agreements and/or test rules for chemicals that have not been...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... RULES Procedures for Developing Consent Agreements and Test Rules § 790.28 Procedures for developing... 40 Protection of Environment 31 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 true Procedures for developing consent agreements and/or test rules for chemicals that have not been designated or recommended with intent...

  4. Suppression test in the follow-up of antithyroidal treatment: Rebirth of an in-vivo radioisotopic procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Reiners, C.; Becker, W.; Boerner, W.

    1985-06-01

    Measurements of thyroidal suppressibility by thyroid hormones belong to the diagnostic program in nuclear medicine for more than 30 years. Suppression tests are used in follow-up of antithydroidal treatment of predict remission or relapse of hyperthyroidism. Recently, the number of publications dealing with suppression tests has been increasing. Apparently, non-suppressibility of the thyroid after antithydroidal treatment for about 1 year corresponds to a rate of relapse of about 70% whereas in the case of a positive suppression test, the relapse rate amounts to about 20% only. The diagnostic procedures described in the litearature are different with respect to radiopharmaceuticals, activity doses, thyroid hormone suppression and, above all, to the time of uptake measurements. After a critical discussion of the literature, a modern diagnostic procedure for the suppression test is proposed using /sup 123/I or sup(99m)Tc and a computer-assisted gamma camera.

  5. 77 FR 65823 - Control of Air Pollution From Aircraft and Aircraft Engines; Emission Standards and Test Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-10-31

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 40 CFR Parts 87 RIN 2060-AO70 Control of Air Pollution From Aircraft and Aircraft Engines; Emission Standards and Test Procedures Correction In rule document 2012-13828 appearing on pages...

  6. 40 CFR 80.62 - Vehicle test procedures to place vehicles in emitter group sub-fleets.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... vehicles in emitter group sub-fleets. 80.62 Section 80.62 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL... Gasoline § 80.62 Vehicle test procedures to place vehicles in emitter group sub-fleets. One of the two... them within the emitter group sub-fleets in accordance with the requirements of § 80.60. (a)...

  7. 78 FR 37463 - Expedited Approval of Alternative Test Procedures for the Analysis of Contaminants Under the Safe...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-06-21

    ... Under the Safe Drinking Water Act; Analysis and Sampling Procedures Correction In rule document 2013... Technique. Total Coliform 9222 A, B, C..... Membrane Filter Technique. ONPG-MUG Test......... 9223 9223 B... Ionization Tandem Mass Spectrometry (IC-ESI-MS/MS). Bromate Two-Dimensional Ion 302.0 \\18\\ Chromatography (IC...

  8. An Evaluation of One- and Three-Parameter Logistic Tailored Testing Procedures for Use with Small Item Pools.

    Science.gov (United States)

    McKinley, Robert L.; Reckase, Mark D.

    A two-stage study was conducted to compare the ability estimates yielded by tailored testing procedures based on the one-parameter logistic (1PL) and three-parameter logistic (3PL) models. The first stage of the study employed real data, while the second stage employed simulated data. In the first stage, response data for 3,000 examinees were…

  9. Test procedure for use of the shear vane in tanks 103-SY, 103-AN, and 103-AW

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    LeClair, M.D.; Waters, E.

    1995-01-01

    This is a record copy of a test procedure for application of the full-scale shear vane to underground waste tanks at Hanford. The introduction of the report provides background information on the development and proof-testing of the shear vane, as well as information about its current location. The document was originally prepared in 1988, and the work as shelved temporarily for lack of funds. Activities to utilize the shear vane will be expedited by use of this information.

  10. Thyromental Height Test for Prediction of Difficult Laryngoscopy in Patients Undergoing Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgical Procedure

    OpenAIRE

    Nilesh Jain; Sucharita Das; Muralidhar Kanchi

    2017-01-01

    Background: Patients undergoing coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) procedures have higher incidence of difficult laryngoscopy and intubation than general surgery population. Accurate prediction of difficult laryngoscopy in CABG patients is desirable to reduce the hemodynamic response and myocardial oxygen requirements. Recently, thyromental height test (TMHT) has been proposed as one of the highly sensitive and specific bedside tests to predict difficult airway. We, in our prospective observ...

  11. Building Energy Simulation Test for Existing Homes (BESTEST-EX); Phase 1 Test Procedure: Building Thermal Fabric Cases

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Judkoff, Ron [National Renewable Energy Lab. (NREL), Golden, CO (United States; Polly, Ben [National Renewable Energy Lab. (NREL), Golden, CO (United States; Bianchi, Marcus [National Renewable Energy Lab. (NREL), Golden, CO (United States; Neymark, Joel [J. Neymark & Associates, Golden, CO (United States)

    2010-08-01

    This report documents the initial Phase 1 test process for testing the reliability of software models that predict retrofit energy savings of existing homes, including their associated calibration methods.

  12. Reliability and validity of a test designed to assess combat medics' readiness to perform life-saving procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Schmitz, Connie C; Chipman, Jeffrey G; Yoshida, Ken; Vogel, Rachel Isaksson; Sainfort, Francois; Beilman, Gregory; Clinton, Joseph; Cooper, Jimmy; Reihsen, Troy; Sweet, Robert M

    2014-01-01

    Reducing preventable deaths because of uncontrolled hemorrhage, tension pneumothorax, and airway loss is a priority. As part of a research initiative comparing different training models, this study evaluated the reliability and validity of a test that assesses combat medic performance during a polytrauma scenario using live animal models. Nine procedural checklists and seven global rating scales were piloted with four cohorts of soldiers (n = 94) at two U.S. training sites. Cohorts represented "novice" to "proficient" trainees. Procedure scores and a mean global score were calculated per subject. The intraclass correlation was calculated per procedure, with 0.70 as the threshold for acceptability. An overall difference among cohorts was hypothesized: Cohort 4 (proficient) > Cohort 3 (competent) > Cohort 2 (beginners) > Cohort 1 (novice) trainees. Data were analyzed using Kruskal-Wallis and analysis of variance. At Site A, intraclass correlation coefficients ranged from 74% to 93% for 6 of 9 procedures. Cohorts differed significantly on hemorrhage control, needle decompression, cricothyrotomy, amputation management, chest tube insertion, and mean global scores. Cohort 4 outperformed the others, and Cohorts 2 and 3 outperformed Cohort 1. The test differentiates novices from beginners, competent, and proficient trainees on difficult procedures and overall performance. Reprint & Copyright © 2014 Association of Military Surgeons of the U.S.

  13. Testing procedures for SLAP lesions of the shoulder involving contraction and torsion of biceps long head and glenohumeral glides.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Misra, Sumeer; Watson, Lyn; Taylor, Nicholas F; Green, Rodney A; Hairodin, Zaki

    2011-11-01

    Testing procedures for SLAP lesions of the shoulder can combine resisted elbow flexion, forearm pronation and supination, and glenohumeral glides. These procedures reproduce symptoms by increasing biceps long head active tension or passive torsion, and by placing the shoulder in an unstable position. We compared activation of biceps long head and pain intensity, between supinated and pronated forearm positions, between different glides, and between individuals with and without shoulder impairment. A case control study. Twelve participants with suspected SLAP lesions and twelve with no history of shoulder injury volunteered. Electromyography measured muscle activity in biceps long head, normalised against maximum voluntary isometric contraction (MVIC). Subjective pain intensity scores were recorded. Biceps long head activity was greater in forearm supination (mean 39% MVIC) than pronation (mean 24% MVIC), but pain was higher in pronation (mean 4.5/10) than supination (3.2/10). Biceps long head activity was greater when testing without a glide, but there was no difference in pain comparing the glide conditions. The impaired group experienced more pain (mean 3.9/10) than controls (mean 0.3/10) but there was no difference in shoulder muscle activity. No one combination of testing procedures appeared to be diagnostic of SLAP lesions in our sample. This study supports the theory that biceps long head acts as a stabiliser of the shoulder, and suggests that clinical testing procedures for SLAP lesions may need to inhibit biceps long head activity. The addition of glides to SLAP testing procedures did not affect the reproduction of pain.

  14. Neurophysiological tests and neuroimaging procedures in non-acute headache (2nd edition).

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sandrini, G; Friberg, L; Coppola, G; Jänig, W; Jensen, R; Kruit, M; Rossi, P; Russell, D; Sanchez del Rìo, M; Sand, T; Schoenen, J

    2011-03-01

    A large number of instrumental investigations are used in patients with non-acute headache in both research and clinical fields. Although the literature has shown that most of these tools contributed greatly to increasing understanding of the pathogenesis of primary headache, they are of little or no value in the clinical setting. This paper provides an update of the 2004 EFNS guidelines and recommendations for the use of neurophysiological tools and neuroimaging procedures in non-acute headache (first edition). Even though the period since the publication of the first edition has seen an increase in the number of published papers dealing with this topic, the updated guidelines contain only minimal changes in the levels of evidence and grades of recommendation. (i) Interictal EEG is not routinely indicated in the diagnostic evaluation of patients with headache. Interictal EEG is, however, indicated if the clinical history suggests a possible diagnosis of epilepsy (differential diagnosis). Ictal EEG could be useful in certain patients suffering from hemiplegic or basilar migraine. (ii) Recording evoked potentials is not recommended for the diagnosis of headache disorders. (iii) There is no evidence warranting recommendation of reflex responses or autonomic tests for the routine clinical examination of patients with headache. (iv) Manual palpation of pericranial muscles, with standardized palpation pressure, can be recommended for subdividing patient groups but not for diagnosis. Pain threshold measurements and EMG are not recommended as clinical diagnostic tests. (v) In adult and pediatric patients with migraine, with no recent change in attack pattern, no history of seizures, and no other focal neurological symptoms or signs, the routine use of neuroimaging is not warranted. In patients with trigeminal autonomic cephalalgia, neuroimaging should be carefully considered and may necessitate additional scanning of intracranial/cervical vasculature and/or the sellar

  15. Influence of Test Procedures on the Thermomechanical Properties of a 55NiTi Shape Memory Alloy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Padula, Santo A., II; Gaydosh, Darrell J.; Noebe, Ronald D.; Bigelow, Glen S.; Garg, Anita; Lagoudas, Dimitris; Karaman, Ibrahim; Atli, Kadri C.

    2008-01-01

    Over the past few decades, binary NiTi shape memory alloys have received attention due to their unique mechanical characteristics, leading to their potential use in low-temperature, solid-state actuator applications. However, prior to using these materials for such applications, the physical response of these systems to mechanical and thermal stimuli must be thoroughly understood and modeled to aid designers in developing SMA-enabled systems. Even though shape memory alloys have been around for almost five decades, very little effort has been made to standardize testing procedures. Although some standards for measuring the transformation temperatures of SMA s are available, no real standards exist for determining the various mechanical and thermomechanical properties that govern the usefulness of these unique materials. Consequently, this study involved testing a 55NiTi alloy using a variety of different test methodologies. All samples tested were taken from the same heat and batch to remove the influence of sample pedigree on the observed results. When the material was tested under constant-stress, thermal-cycle conditions, variations in the characteristic material responses were observed, depending on test methodology. The transformation strain and irreversible strain were impacted more than the transformation temperatures, which only showed an affect with regard to applied external stress. In some cases, test methodology altered the transformation strain by 0.005-0.01mm/mm, which translates into a difference in work output capability of approximately 2 J/cu cm (290 in!lbf/cu in). These results indicate the need for the development of testing standards so that meaningful data can be generated and successfully incorporated into viable models and hardware. The use of consistent testing procedures is also important when comparing results from one research organization to another. To this end, differences in the observed responses will be presented, contrasted and

  16. A Procedure for Linear Polychotomous Scoring of Test Items (Computer Diskette).

    Science.gov (United States)

    weights that are then associated with the response categories of test items . When tests are scored using these scoring weights, test reliability...program poly. The example demonstrates how polyweighting can be used to calibrate and score test items drawn from an item bank that is too large to

  17. Validation Tests of Open-Source Procedures for Digital Camera Calibration and 3d Image-Based Modelling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Toschi, I.; Rivola, R.; Bertacchini, E.; Castagnetti, C.; Dubbini, M.; Capra, A.

    2013-07-01

    Among the many open-source software solutions recently developed for the extraction of point clouds from a set of un-oriented images, the photogrammetric tools Apero and MicMac (IGN, Institut Géographique National) aim to distinguish themselves by focusing on the accuracy and the metric content of the final result. This paper firstly aims at assessing the accuracy of the simplified and automated calibration procedure offered by the IGN tools. Results obtained with this procedure were compared with those achieved with a test-range calibration approach using a pre-surveyed laboratory test-field. Both direct and a-posteriori validation tests turned out successfully showing the stability and the metric accuracy of the process, even when low textured or reflective surfaces are present in the 3D scene. Afterwards, the possibility of achieving accurate 3D models from the subsequently extracted dense point clouds is also evaluated. Three different types of sculptural elements were chosen as test-objects and "ground-truth" data were acquired with triangulation laser scanners. 3D models derived from point clouds oriented with a simplified relative procedure show a suitable metric accuracy: all comparisons delivered a standard deviation of millimeter-level. The use of Ground Control Points in the orientation phase did not improve significantly the accuracy of the final 3D model, when a small figure-like corbel was used as test-object.

  18. Safety of type and screen method compared to conventional antiglobulin crossmatch procedures for compatibility testing in Indian setting

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chaudhary Rajendra

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Background: Over the past 30 years, pretransfusion tests have undergone considerable modification. In 1984, AABB recommended that the full cross match could be replaced by an abbreviated cross match in patients with negative antibody screen. However, before implementation of such a policy, issue regarding safety of T & S needs to be evaluated. Objectives: The aim of pretransfusion testing (PTT is to ensure that enough red blood cells (RBCs in the selected red cell components will survive when transfused. Results and Conclusion: We have, therefore in this study; evaluated safety of T & S procedure for PTT in comparison with conventional test tube cross match. The T & S procedure gave a safety of 91.6%. Also, the usefulness of the T & S was shown through the detection of unexpected antibodies in 0.75% (15 out of 2026 of cases.

  19. Interim Test Procedures for Evaluating Electrical Performance and Grid Integration of Vehicle-to-Grid Applications

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chakraborty, S.; Kramer, W.; Kroposki, B.; Martin, G.; McNutt, P.; Kuss, M.; Markel, T.; Hoke, A.

    2011-06-01

    The objective of this report is to provide a test plan for V2G testing. The test plan is designed to test and evaluate the vehicle's power electronics capability to provide power to the grid, and to evaluate the vehicle's ability to connect and disconnect from the utility according to a subset of the IEEE Std. 1547 tests.

  20. Assessment of high power HEV lead-acid battery advancements by comparative benchmarking with a European test procedure

    Science.gov (United States)

    Conte, Mario; Pede, Giovanni; Sglavo, Vincenzo; Macerata, Diego

    The technical and practical suitability of lead-acid batteries for applications in vehicles with electrical drivetrains (battery-powered or hybrid electric) has been experimentally investigated in a variety of testing programmes. Under the direction and funding support of the Commission of the European Community, since early 1990s, the R&D Organisation EUCAR, a collaborative partnership of most European car manufacturers, has been conducting battery technological assessment projects, through bench tests carried out by different independent laboratories throughout Europe, using agreed test procedures. In this framework, ENEA acted as independent testing institute and tested, among others, three high power lead-acid batteries of various technologies (flat plate electrodes and spiral wound) for EV and HEV applications. In addition, different battery sizes and operating conditions have been tested at ENEA in a separate collaboration with ALTRA-IRISBUS. This paper intends to trace technological and performance improvements of high power lead-acid battery technology through the analysis of experimental data during parameter and life cycle tests, including the effects of battery sizes, charge/discharge profiles and testing procedures, with special emphasis on the reduction of the internal resistance and the variation of peak power and cycle life.

  1. Removal of surface oxide from electrical test (E-test) pads using an argon sputter etch procedure to recover TAB wafers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Petersen-Buchheit, Tina A.; Johannes, William R.; Patel, Divyesh N.; Coleman, Jeffrey F.

    1997-09-01

    In Intel's manufacturing flow, discrete devices in the scribeline of wafers are tested (E-Test structures) to determine if they meet specifications for reliability and functionality. The wafers are then sorted to determine die functionality. Probing equipment is used to measure E-test structures by way of aluminum pads (E-Test pads) which make contact with devices in the scribeline. Tape automated bonding packaging requires additional processing (compared to Wire Bonded devices) to plate gold bumps on to the die bond pads. The gold bumps are not plated on the E-Test pads but they receive additional processing which may create an insulating surface layer, such as aluminum oxide, preventing the acquisition of reliability information from the wafer tested. If reliability data is not available, wafers are discarded even though the die present on the wafer may be functional. An argon sputter etch procedure is suggested to remove the problematic insulating oxide and recover wafers. The major concerns associated with using a sputter etch recovery procedure include: redistribution of gold across the surface of the wafer; gate charging due to the sputter process; polyimide (PI) surface roughness and thickness issues; encapsulation adhesion issues; and elevated burn-in fallout. This paper will discuss the procedure used to remove surface oxide and experiments to determine if recovery was successful. Process characterization which encompassed etch time and RF power were used to optimize the recovery procedure for reliability purposes. The experimental parameters evaluated include: E-Test parametric data to compare recovered wafers to baseline wafers; threshold voltage data; pad to pad surface leakage due to gold redistribution; SEM cross sections and profilometry to ensure PI integrity; and C-mode Scanning Acoustic Microscopy to address encapsulation adhesion concerns.

  2. 78 FR 63410 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Direct Heating Equipment...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-10-24

    ... section 3.3 tracer gas procedures as applied to vented heaters without thermal stack dampers. ] First, DOE... a thermal stack damper. In the calculation section 4.3 it is noted that all vented heaters may use... provisions of section 3.3 to accommodate vented heaters not employing thermal stack dampers. For example...

  3. 40 CFR 65.158 - Performance test procedures for control devices.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... simultaneously from multiple loading arms, each run shall represent at least one complete tank truck or tank car... hydrogen halides and halogens, as specified in § 65.154(b), shall comply with the following procedures: (1) For an owner or operator determining compliance with the percent reduction of total hydrogen halides...

  4. 40 CFR 63.705 - Performance test methods and procedures to determine initial compliance.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... the following procedures: (1) All forced makeup air ducts and all exhaust ducts are constructed so...(c) when hard piping or ductwork is used to direct HAP emissions from a HAP source to the control..., as required by § 63.703(c)(2). (iii) When a nonregenerative carbon adsorber is used, the...

  5. 78 FR 675 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedure for Residential Furnaces and...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-01-04

    ... mind the potential for active mode, standby mode, and off mode operation)? H. Standby Mode and Off Mode... information on matters addressed in this notice and on other matters relevant to DOE's consideration of... procedures. DOE actively encourages the participation and interaction of the public during the comment...

  6. 75 FR 26183 - Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-05-11

    ... Office of the Secretary 49 CFR Part 40 RIN OST 2105-AE01 Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and... economic effect on a substantial number of small entities, for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act... been necessary for the Department to conduct a regulatory evaluation or Regulatory Flexibility Analysis...

  7. 75 FR 8528 - Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-02-25

    ... Office of the Secretary 49 CFR Part 40 RIN OST 2105-AD84 Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and... Purpose In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq... Department published a Federal Register notice [71 FR 49383] to update the MIS form and its...

  8. 46 CFR 153.1602 - Test procedure for determining the strippinq quantity.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... Manual. (7) After shutting the manifold valve, open any cargo pump foot valve to allow water trapped in the cargo pump to drain into the tank. (8) Open all valves in the piping system except the manifold... by the approved Procedures and Arrangements Manual. (4) Maintain the ship's list and trim during the...

  9. 49 CFR 572.135 - Upper and lower torso assemblies and torso flexion test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... to determine the stiffness effects of the lumbar spine (drawing 880105-1096), and abdominal insert... procedure set out in subsection (c) of this section, the lumbar spine-abdomen assembly shall flex by an... attach to the fixture in a seated posture as shown in Figure O4. (3) Secure the pelvis to the fixture at...

  10. Seasonal performance of air conditioners - an analysis of the DOE test procedures: the thermostat and measurement errors. Report No. 2

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lamb, G.D.; Tree, D.R.

    1981-01-01

    Two aspects of the DOE test procedures are analyzed. First, the role of the thermostat in controlling the cycling of conditioning equipment is investigated. The test procedures call for a cycling scheme of 6 minutes on, 24 minutes off for Test D. To justify this cycling scheme as being representative of cycling in the field, it is assumed that the thermostat is the major factor in controlling the cycle rate. This assumption is examined by studying a closed-loop feedback model consisting of a thermostat, a heating/cooling plant and a conditioned space. Important parameters of this model are individually studied to determine their influence on the system. It is found that the switch differential and the anticipator gain are the major parameters in controlling the cycle rate. This confirms the thermostat's dominant role in the cycling of a system. The second aspect of the test procedures concerns transient errors or differences in the measurement of cyclic capacity. In particular, errors due to thermocouple response, thermocouple grid placement, dampers and nonuniform velocity and temperature distributions are considered. Problems in these four areas are mathematically modeled and the basic assumptions are stated. Results from these models help to clarify the problem areas and give an indication of the magnitude of the errors involved. It is found that major disagreement in measured capacity can arise in these four areas and can be mainly attributed to test set-up differences even though such differences are allowable in the test procedures. An understanding of such differences will aid in minimizing many problems in the measurement of cyclic capacity.

  11. Reliable and Valid Procedures to Create an Authentic Listening Test in EFL Context

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    吴婷

    2012-01-01

      Listening testing is a universal social activity, especially for school life as well as an indispensable part to language as⁃sessment. How test takers perform during the tests may affect their entry to many significant roles both in society and schools. This paper is an attempt to explore how to design a reliable and valid listening test for particular purposes in EFL context.

  12. Individual housing and handling procedures modify anxiety levels of Tg2576 mice assessed in the zero maze test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Heredia, Luis; Torrente, Margarita; Domingo, José L; Colomina, María T

    2012-09-10

    The zero maze is an unconditioned anxiety test for mice, in which a number of environmental variables can modify the anxiety levels of the animals. In the present study, we have assessed how individual housing, handling procedure and interaction between individual housing and handling procedure affect the baseline anxiety of mice. Thirty-seven wild type mice and eighteen Tg2576 mice were used (obtained from crossing APPSWE hemizygous male C57BL6/SJL background with C57BL6/SJL female). Wild type mice were randomly assigned to four experimental groups: 1) group housed and unhandled, 2) group housed but handled, 3) individually housed, unhandled, and 4) individually housed and handled. In turn, Tg2576 mice were randomly assigned to two experimental groups: 1) individually housed, unhandled, and 2) individually housed and handled. The results show that individually housed mice exhibited more anxiety-related behaviors over a 5 min testing period than the other experimental groups. Use of the handling procedure was associated with a statistically significant reduction in anxiety-related behaviors among individually housed mice. No effects on anxiety-related behavior levels were observed when group housed animals were handled. When activity levels were significantly increased, a new parameter, "Time by Entries", helped to prevent activity from influencing anxiety parameters such as time in the open section of the zero maze test. This knowledge can help to design more efficient experiments without bias from data obtained by means of unconditioned tests.

  13. Testing a generalized cooling procedure in the complex Langevin simulation of chiral Random Matrix Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Nagata, Keitaro; Shimasaki, Shinji

    2015-01-01

    The complex Langevin method has been attracting much attention as a solution to the sign problem since the method was shown to work in finite density QCD in the deconfined phase by using the so-called gauge cooling procedure. Whether it works also in the confined phase with light quarks is still an open question, though. In order to shed light on this question, we apply the method to the chiral Random Matrix Theory, which describes the epsilon regime of finite density QCD. Earlier works reported that a naive implementation of the method fails to reproduce the known exact results and that the problem can be solved by choosing a suitable coordinate. In this work we stick to the naive implementation, and show that a generalized gauge cooling procedure can be used to avoid the problem.

  14. Three Statistical Testing Procedures in Logistic Regression: Their Performance in Differential Item Functioning (DIF) Investigation. Research Report. ETS RR-09-35

    Science.gov (United States)

    Paek, Insu

    2009-01-01

    Three statistical testing procedures well-known in the maximum likelihood approach are the Wald, likelihood ratio (LR), and score tests. Although well-known, the application of these three testing procedures in the logistic regression method to investigate differential item function (DIF) has not been rigorously made yet. Employing a variety of…

  15. PLAN-TA9-2443(U), Rev. B Remediated Nitrate Salt (RNS) Surrogate Formulation and Testing Standard Procedure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brown, Geoffrey Wayne [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)

    2016-03-16

    This document identifies scope and some general procedural steps for performing Remediated Nitrate Salt (RNS) Surrogate Formulation and Testing. This Test Plan describes the requirements, responsibilities, and process for preparing and testing a range of chemical surrogates intended to mimic the energetic response of waste created during processing of legacy nitrate salts. The surrogates developed are expected to bound1 the thermal and mechanical sensitivity of such waste, allowing for the development of process parameters required to minimize the risk to worker and public when processing this waste. Such parameters will be based on the worst-case kinetic parameters as derived from APTAC measurements as well as the development of controls to mitigate sensitivities that may exist due to friction, impact, and spark. This Test Plan will define the scope and technical approach for activities that implement Quality Assurance requirements relevant to formulation and testing.

  16. Self-administered tests as a screening procedure for pregnancy-related pelvic girdle pain.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fagevik Olsén, Monika; Gutke, Annelie; Elden, Helen; Nordenman, Charlotte; Fabricius, Lina; Gravesen, Melissa; Lind, Anette; Kjellby-Wendt, Gunilla

    2009-08-01

    The aim of this study was to investigate sensitivity and specificity of self-administrated tests aimed at pain provocation of posterior and/or anterior pelvis pain and to investigate pain intensity during and after palpation of the symphysis. A total of 175 women participated in the study, 100 pregnant women with and 25 pregnant women without lumbopelvic back pain and 50 non-pregnant women. Standard pain provocation tests were compared with self assessed tests. All women were asked to estimate pain during and after palpation of the symphysis. For posterior pelvic pain, the self-test of P4 and Bridging test had the highest sensitivity of 0.90 versus 0.97 and specificity of 0.92 and 0.87. Highest sensitivity for self-test for anterior pelvic pain was pulling a mat 0.85. Palpation of symphysis was painful and persistency of pain was the longest among women who fulfilled the criteria for symphyseal pain. There were overall significant differences between the groups concerning intensity and persistency of pain (P < 0.001). Our results indicate that pregnant women can perform a screening by provocation of posterior pelvic pain by self-tests with the new P4 self-test and the Bridging test. Palpation of the symphysis is painful and should only be used as a complement to history taking, pain drawing and pulling a MAT-test.

  17. The effect of social isolation, gender and familiarity with the experimental procedure on tests of porcine nociceptive thresholds

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Di Giminiani, Pierpaolo; Stausholm, Julie S; Viitasaari, Eliina;

    2015-01-01

    pigs. The presence of a companion animal was also evaluated in pigs receiving stimuli at the pelvic limbs. Results Pigs tested inside the cage were affected by the habituation to the procedure as indicated by the increase in willingness and time spent by the animals in the test cage. This effect...... not affected by the familiarity of the animals with the experimental procedure. Conclusions and clinical relevance The current results reiterate the value of habituation in research involving animal behaviour. Further characterization of the methodology is needed to allow its application in the evaluation......Objective To investigate the effects of habituation and isolation on mechanical nociceptive thresholds in pigs at the pelvic limbs and at the tail. Study design Prospective randomized multifactorial study. Animals Thirty-two healthy castrated male (experiment 1), and 12 castrated male and 12 female...

  18. Test Operations Procedure (TOP) 1-2-612 Nuclear Environment Survivability

    Science.gov (United States)

    2008-10-24

    REPORT NUMBER TOP 1-2-612 10. SPONSOR/MONITOR’S ACRONYM(S) 9. SPONSORING/MONITORING AGENCY NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) Test Business Management ...improving this publication to the following address: Test business Management Division (TEDT-TMB), US Army Developmental Test Command, 314 Longs Corner...Bipolar Transistors (IGBTs) IGBT 2K - Above Increase in VCE (Sat) Logic Devices TTL 10K - Above Not concern @ tactical GTD levels Memory - DRAM

  19. 77 FR 26607 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Electric Motors and Small Electric Motors

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-05-04

    ... II.2--Summary of SNOPR Commenters Company Abbreviation Interested party type Baldor Electric Co Baldor Manufacturer. WEG Electric WEG Manufacturer. Advanced Energy Advanced Energy Independent Test...

  20. Test Operations Procedure (TOP) 08-2-197 Chemical Protection Testing of Sorbent-Based Air Purification Components (APCs)

    Science.gov (United States)

    2016-06-24

    of all chemicals for flammability and explosive hazards. Reactive chemicals, such as arsine, phosphine, nitrogen dioxide, phosgene, chlorine ...36-8), acetic acid (AA, CAS® Number 64-19-7), and ethylene glycol (CAS® Number 107- 21-1). TOP 08-2-197 24 June 2016 A-1 APPENDIX A. TEST

  1. A Note on Three Statistical Tests in the Logistic Regression DIF Procedure

    Science.gov (United States)

    Paek, Insu

    2012-01-01

    Although logistic regression became one of the well-known methods in detecting differential item functioning (DIF), its three statistical tests, the Wald, likelihood ratio (LR), and score tests, which are readily available under the maximum likelihood, do not seem to be consistently distinguished in DIF literature. This paper provides a clarifying…

  2. Bayesian Procedures for Identifying Aberrant Response-Time Patterns in Adaptive Testing

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    van der Linden, Willem J.; Guo, Fanmin

    In order to identify aberrant response-time patterns on educational and psychological tests, it is important to be able to separate the speed at which the test taker operates from the time the items require. A lognormal model for response times with this feature was used to derive a Bayesian

  3. 76 FR 50145 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Residential Clothes Dryers

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-08-12

    ... (AHAM) clothes dryer test standard HLD-1-2009, ``Household Tumble Type Clothes Dryers,'' and the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) test standard 61121, ``Tumble dryers for household use--Methods... Residential Clothes Dryers AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of...

  4. Bayesian Procedures for Identifying Aberrant Response-Time Patterns in Adaptive Testing

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Linden, van der Wim J.; Guo, Fanmin

    2008-01-01

    In order to identify aberrant response-time patterns on educational and psychological tests, it is important to be able to separate the speed at which the test taker operates from the time the items require. A lognormal model for response times with this feature was used to derive a Bayesian procedu

  5. Set-up and Test Procedure for Suction Installation and Uninstallation of Bucket Foundation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Koteras, Aleksandra Katarzyna

    of suction under the bucket lid or by applying additional force through the hydraulic piston, forcing the bucket to penetrate into the soil. Tests for uninstallation are performed also with the use of water pressure, as a reverse process to the suction installation. Both installation and uninstallation tests...

  6. 75 FR 34064 - Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards, Test Procedures for Roof Trusses

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-06-16

    ... Registered Engineer or Registered Architect or independent third-party agency that is certifying the design... the truss design. When testing is deemed necessary by the Registered Engineer or Registered Architect... trusses must pass all requirements of the test in order to qualify the truss design. More frequent...

  7. Experimental Testing Procedures and Dynamic Model Validation for Vanadium Redox Flow Battery Storage System

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Baccino, Francesco; Marinelli, Mattia; Nørgård, Per Bromand

    2013-01-01

    The paper aims at characterizing the electrochemical and thermal parameters of a 15 kW/320 kWh vanadium redox flow battery (VRB) installed in the SYSLAB test facility of the DTU Risø Campus and experimentally validating the proposed dynamic model realized in Matlab-Simulink. The adopted testing...

  8. Bayesian Procedures for Identifying Aberrant Response-Time Patterns in Adaptive Testing

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    van der Linden, Willem J.; Guo, Fanmin

    2008-01-01

    In order to identify aberrant response-time patterns on educational and psychological tests, it is important to be able to separate the speed at which the test taker operates from the time the items require. A lognormal model for response times with this feature was used to derive a Bayesian procedu

  9. 40 CFR 63.9020 - What performance tests and other procedures must I use?

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... runs for each performance test required in this section, as specified in § 63.7(e)(3). Each test run... design evaluation shall include documentation demonstrating that the control technique being used..., as well as other parameters necessary to demonstrate that the control technique being used...

  10. A Note on Three Statistical Tests in the Logistic Regression DIF Procedure

    Science.gov (United States)

    Paek, Insu

    2012-01-01

    Although logistic regression became one of the well-known methods in detecting differential item functioning (DIF), its three statistical tests, the Wald, likelihood ratio (LR), and score tests, which are readily available under the maximum likelihood, do not seem to be consistently distinguished in DIF literature. This paper provides a clarifying…

  11. 78 FR 7939 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Microwave Ovens (Active Mode)

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-02-04

    ... Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC) conducted a round-robin testing program to evaluate...-robin test program. (AHAM, No. 18 at pp. 2-3; \\8\\ Whirlpool, No. 15 at p. 1) AHAM and Whirlpool..., whereas a hood fan used for cooling an over-the-range microwave oven is typically rated at 100-200 watts...

  12. Field Test Evaluation of Conservation Retrofits of Low-Income, Single-Family Buildings in Wisconsin: Blower-Door-Directed Infiltration Reduction Procedure, Field Test Implementation and Results

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gettings, M.B.

    2001-05-21

    A blower-door-directed infiltration retrofit procedure was field tested on 18 homes in south central Wisconsin. The procedure, developed by the Wisconsin Energy Conservation Corporation, includes recommended retrofit techniques as well as criteria for estimating the amount of cost-effective work to be performed on a house. A recommended expenditure level and target air leakage reduction, in air changes per hour at 50 Pascal (ACH50), are determined from the initial leakage rate measured. The procedure produced an average 16% reduction in air leakage rate. For the 7 houses recommended for retrofit, 89% of the targeted reductions were accomplished with 76% of the recommended expenditures. The average cost of retrofits per house was reduced by a factor of four compared with previous programs. The average payback period for recommended retrofits was 4.4 years, based on predicted energy savings computed from achieved air leakage reductions. Although exceptions occurred, the procedure's 8 ACH50 minimum initial leakage rate for advising retrofits to be performed appeared a good choice, based on cost-effective air leakage reduction. Houses with initial rates of 7 ACH50 or below consistently required substantially higher costs to achieve significant air leakage reductions. No statistically significant average annual energy savings was detected as a result of the infiltration retrofits. Average measured savings were -27 therm per year, indicating an increase in energy use, with a 90% confidence interval of 36 therm. Measured savings for individual houses varied widely in both positive and negative directions, indicating that factors not considered affected the results. Large individual confidence intervals indicate a need to increase the accuracy of such measurements as well as understand the factors which may cause such disparity. Recommendations for the procedure include more extensive training of retrofit crews, checks for minimum air exchange rates to insure air

  13. Relationship between the COI test and other sensory profiles by statistical procedures

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Calvente, J. J.

    1994-04-01

    Full Text Available Relationships between 139 sensory attributes evaluated on 32 samples of virgin olive oil have been analysed by a statistical sensory wheel that guarantees the objectiveness and prediction of its conclusions concerning the best clusters of attributes: green, bitter-pungent, ripe fruit, fruity, sweet fruit, undesirable attributes and two miscellanies. The procedure allows the sensory notes evaluated for potential consumers of this edible oil from the point of view of its habitual consumers to be understood with special reference to The European Communities Regulation n-2568/91. Five different panels: Spanish, Greek, Italian, Dutch and British, have been used to evaluate the samples. Analysis of the relationships between stimuli perceived by aroma, flavour, smell, mouthfeel and taste together with Linear Sensory Profiles based on Fuzzy Logic are provided. A 3-dimensional plot indicates the usefulness of the proposed procedure in the authentication of different varieties of virgin olive oil. An analysis of the volatile compounds responsible for most of the attributes gives weight to the conclusions. Directions which promise to improve the E.G. Regulation on the sensory quality of olive oil are also given.

  14. Physiologic statokinetic dissociation is eliminated by equating static and kinetic perimetry testing procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Phu, Jack; Al-Saleem, Noha; Kalloniatis, Michael; Khuu, Sieu K

    2016-11-01

    In the present study, we measured the extent of statokinetic dissociation (SKD) in normal observers and then equated the psychophysical tasks into a two-interval forced choice (2IFC) procedure. In Experiment 1, we used the Humphrey visual field analyzer in static perimetry and automated kinetic perimetry modes to measure contrast sensitivity thresholds and the Goldmann manual kinetic perimeter to measure isopters. This was carried out using a Goldmann size II target. Goldmann kinetic perimetry was performed manually with both inward (peripheral to center) and outward (center to periphery) directions of movement to deduce an "average" isopter. This revealed the presence of SKD when superimposed upon the map of static contrast threshold results. There was no evidence of any contribution of examiner technique or instrument-specific differences to SKD. In Experiment 2, we determined the psychometric curves plotting proportion seen as a function of stimulus eccentricity with static and kinetic stimuli with a 2IFC procedure and method of constant stimuli. In an additional experiment, we also showed that subjects were able to reliably discriminate whether a stimulus was static, moving inward, or moving outward, and hence, comparisons could be made between static and kinetic perimetry tasks. Overall, by making the task objective and reducing criterion bias, eccentricity thresholds were equated across static and kinetic perimetry methods; hence, no evidence of SKD was seen. We suggest SKD is inherent to the differences in methodology of threshold measurement in conventional static and kinetic perimetry and individual criterion bias.

  15. A review on test procedure, energy efficiency standards and energy labels for room air conditioners and refrigerator-freezers

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Mahlia, T.M.I.; Saidur, R. [Department of Mechanical Engineering, University of Malaya, 50603 Kuala Lumpur (Malaysia)

    2010-09-15

    Air conditioners and refrigerator-freezers are major energy users in a household environment and hence efficiency improvement of these appliances can be considered as an important step to reduce their energy consumption along with environmental pollution prevention. Energy efficiency standards and labels are commonly used tools to reduce the energy uses for household appliances for many countries around the world. The first step towards adopting energy efficiency standards is to establish a test procedure for rating and testing of an appliance. It may be mentioned that an energy test procedure is the technical foundation for energy efficiency standards, energy labels, and other related programs. This paper reviews requirements and specifications of various international test standards for testing and rating of room air conditioners and refrigerators. A review on the development of the energy efficiency standards has been provided as well. Finally, energy labels that provide some useful information for identifying energy efficient products have been reviewed for these appliances. It may be stated that the review will be useful for the developing countries who wish to develop these energy savings strategies. It is also expected to be useful to revise the existing strategies for a few selected countries who already implemented these strategies earlier. (author)

  16. Joint Ordnance Test Procedure (JOTP)-010 Safety and Suitability for Service Assessment Testing for Shoulder Launched Munitions

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-01-08

    c. Test Level. It is recommended that the default Tactical Wheeled Vehicle (TWV) and Two Wheeled Trailer ( TWT ) curves in AECTP 400, Method...are fired from a confined space or enclosure. This measurement is specific to ‘fire from enclosure’. JOTP-010 8 January 2013 A-2...environment. The warhead safe and arm/fuze component(s) have been qualified (or has a favourable S3 assessment) in accordance with AOP-20. 2.2 Tailoring

  17. 9 CFR 147.9 - Standard test procedures for avian influenza.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... the escape of water vapor. The lids should be left off for at least 15 minutes, but not longer than 30... and reading the test. (D) Using the template, cut the agar after it has hardened. Up to seven...

  18. 49 CFR 572.153 - Neck-headform assembly and test procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CONTINUED) ANTHROPOMORPHIC TEST DEVICES CRABI... specified in this section. (2) Torque the jam nut (drawing 9001336) on the neck cable (drawing ATD-6206)...

  19. Development of Scoring Procedures for the Performance Based Measurement (PBM) Test: Psychometric and Criterion Validity Investigation

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-11-29

    39 Vertical Tracking Test ( VTT ): Scoring Strategies and...Validities ................................................. 43 Item-level CTT and IRT Analyses and Results for the VTT ...44 IRT Calibration of the 9 VTT Items

  20. Comparison of Procedures for Detecting Test-Item Bias with Both Internal and External Ability Criteria.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shepard, Lorrie, And Others

    1981-01-01

    Sixteen approaches for detecting item bias were compared on samples of Black, White, and Chicano elementary school pupils using the Lorge-Thorndike and Raven's Coloured Progressive Matrices tests. Recommendations for practical use are made. (JKS)

  1. 75 FR 71596 - Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Industrial Equipment: Test Procedures for...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-11-24

    ... Technology and Test Center, Energy Efficiency Division. Effects of the Low Emissivity Shields on Performance... low- emissivity materials, such as aluminum, decrease the radiative losses from the case and therefore...

  2. Testing Procedures for Closed-Circuit and Semi-Closed Circuit Underwater Breathing Apparatus

    Science.gov (United States)

    1974-01-29

    a water or mercury manometer prior to each major test. Recheck calibration at the end of the test. The flowmeters are factory calibrated and should...calibrated against a water or mercury manometer ; the thermisters against 321F. water and room temperature. c. The flowmeter and gauges normally do not need... mercury manometer ; the thermistors against 320 F water and room temperature. 3) The flowmeter and gauges normally do not need daily calibration. 4) All

  3. Procedures and reasoning for skill proficiency testing in physical education teacher education programs

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Timothy Baghurst

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available This study sought to determine how the testing of skill proficiency is being conducted in physical education teacher education (PETE programs in the USA and how fitness or skill proficiencies, as attributes of a physical educator, are perceived. Participants were 312 college PETE program coordinators who completed an online survey about skill testing in their program. The eligible respondents yielded a 52.7% total response rate. Most participants believed that skill proficiency for PETE students was important, but only 46% of programs reported testing within their program. Many participants stated it was possible for their students to graduate without demonstrating proficiency in skill technique, yet were confident their students would pass an independent skill test. Only 46.2% of respondents indicated their students needed to demonstrate proper skill technique in order to graduate, and there was no consistent method of assessment. Responses were evenly split regarding the importance of a physical educator being able to demonstrate proper skill technique or be physically fit. The lack of skill testing in programs, combined with the variation in assessment, is concerning, and the development of a standardized skill-based test may provide more rigor to this important area of teacher credibility and effectiveness.

  4. [Effect of steam application based on microbiological and parasitologic test procedures].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Haas, A; Platz, S; Eichhorn, W; Kaaden, O R; Unshelm, J

    1998-12-01

    In the present study steam application was investigated with regard to microbicidal and parasiticidal effects. The cleaning apparatus used (Uninova Company) works at a boiler pressure of about 5 bar and consequently with a temperature up to 155 degrees C inside the boiler. Whereas the ambient atmosphere working temperature of steam is slightly below 100 degrees C. The tests are based on the DVG guidelines for testing chemical disinfectants (2). Different steaming times and distances were used in germ carrier tests with three different germ carriers (tile, wood, carpet) and three different test germs (Staphyloccocus aureus, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Candida albicans) in order to determine the optimum conditions for biocidal effects of steam-application. These optimum conditions were additionally tested with two test viruses (ECBO- and Reo-virus) and a parasitological resting form (ascarid worm eggs). Swirling of germs caused by steam turbulence was minimized by covering the steam outlet nozzle with cloth. The experiments showed logarithmical reduction factors of at least 5.0 in the germ count at steaming times of 5 seconds and a steaming distance of 2.5 cm for all three test germs on all three germ carriers (mean of 10 repeated tests). The virological tests showed good disinfection results after a steaming time of only 2 seconds using aseptic gauze as germ carrier and also after 5 seconds using wood as a carrier. Finally in testing vitality of undeveloped Ascarid worm eggs only 2 seconds of steam treatment proved to be sufficient for a 100 percent destruction. According to the present results steam treatment is most likely to become a valuable, ecologically compatible method in controlling hygienic problems, with a potential of partly replacing chemical disinfectants. In particular we see applications in keeping pets and companion animals, provided the above mentioned rules are followed (steaming distance 2.5 cm; steaming time 5 seconds; cloth). In farm animal stables

  5. 49 CFR 40.275 - What is the effect of procedural problems that are not sufficient to cancel an alcohol test?

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... in Alcohol Testing § 40.275 What is the effect of procedural problems that are not sufficient to... 49 Transportation 1 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false What is the effect of procedural problems that are not sufficient to cancel an alcohol test? 40.275 Section 40.275 Transportation Office of the...

  6. Human Factors Process Task Analysis Liquid Oxygen Pump Acceptance Test Procedure for the Advanced Technology Development Center

    Science.gov (United States)

    Diorio, Kimberly A.

    2002-01-01

    A process task analysis effort was undertaken by Dynacs Inc. commencing in June 2002 under contract from NASA YA-D6. Funding was provided through NASA's Ames Research Center (ARC), Code M/HQ, and Industrial Engineering and Safety (IES). The John F. Kennedy Space Center (KSC) Engineering Development Contract (EDC) Task Order was 5SMA768. The scope of the effort was to conduct a Human Factors Process Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (HF PFMEA) of a hazardous activity and provide recommendations to eliminate or reduce the effects of errors caused by human factors. The Liquid Oxygen (LOX) Pump Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) was selected for this analysis. The HF PFMEA table (see appendix A) provides an analysis of six major categories evaluated for this study. These categories include Personnel Certification, Test Procedure Format, Test Procedure Safety Controls, Test Article Data, Instrumentation, and Voice Communication. For each specific requirement listed in appendix A, the following topics were addressed: Requirement, Potential Human Error, Performance-Shaping Factors, Potential Effects of the Error, Barriers and Controls, Risk Priority Numbers, and Recommended Actions. This report summarizes findings and gives recommendations as determined by the data contained in appendix A. It also includes a discussion of technology barriers and challenges to performing task analyses, as well as lessons learned. The HF PFMEA table in appendix A recommends the use of accepted and required safety criteria in order to reduce the risk of human error. The items with the highest risk priority numbers should receive the greatest amount of consideration. Implementation of the recommendations will result in a safer operation for all personnel.

  7. Human Factors Process Task Analysis Liquid Oxygen Pump Acceptance Test Procedure for the Advanced Technology Development Center

    Science.gov (United States)

    Diorio, Kimberly A.

    2002-01-01

    A process task analysis effort was undertaken by Dynacs Inc. commencing in June 2002 under contract from NASA YA-D6. Funding was provided through NASA's Ames Research Center (ARC), Code M/HQ, and Industrial Engineering and Safety (IES). The John F. Kennedy Space Center (KSC) Engineering Development Contract (EDC) Task Order was 5SMA768. The scope of the effort was to conduct a Human Factors Process Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (HF PFMEA) of a hazardous activity and provide recommendations to eliminate or reduce the effects of errors caused by human factors. The Liquid Oxygen (LOX) Pump Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) was selected for this analysis. The HF PFMEA table (see appendix A) provides an analysis of six major categories evaluated for this study. These categories include Personnel Certification, Test Procedure Format, Test Procedure Safety Controls, Test Article Data, Instrumentation, and Voice Communication. For each specific requirement listed in appendix A, the following topics were addressed: Requirement, Potential Human Error, Performance-Shaping Factors, Potential Effects of the Error, Barriers and Controls, Risk Priority Numbers, and Recommended Actions. This report summarizes findings and gives recommendations as determined by the data contained in appendix A. It also includes a discussion of technology barriers and challenges to performing task analyses, as well as lessons learned. The HF PFMEA table in appendix A recommends the use of accepted and required safety criteria in order to reduce the risk of human error. The items with the highest risk priority numbers should receive the greatest amount of consideration. Implementation of the recommendations will result in a safer operation for all personnel.

  8. Design data package and operating procedures for MSFC solar simulator test facility

    Science.gov (United States)

    1981-01-01

    Design and operational data for the solar simulator test facility are reviewed. The primary goal of the facility is to evaluate the performance capacibility and worst case failure modes of collectors, which utilize either air or liquid transport media. The facility simulates environmental parameters such as solar radiation intensity, solar spectrum, collimation, uniformity, and solar attitude. The facility also simulates wind conditions of velocity and direction, solar system conditions imposed on the collector, collector fluid inlet temperature, and geometric factors of collector tilt and azimuth angles. Testing the simulator provides collector efficiency data, collector time constant, incident angle modifier data, and stagnation temperature values.

  9. 9 CFR 77.33 - Testing procedures for tuberculosis in captive cervids.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... form of an official eartag, or another identification device or method approved by the Administrator as unique and traceable, at the time of the official tuberculosis test. Use of any identification device or... regular-kill slaughter animals in those cases where no submission is made to NVSL. (2) (c) Identification...

  10. 40 CFR 86.159-08 - Exhaust emission test procedures for US06 emissions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ..., CH4, and NOX. For petroleum-fueled diesel-cycle vehicles, THC is sampled and analyzed continuously... scoop. Additionally, the Administrator may conduct certification, fuel economy and in-use testing using... used, petroleum-fueled diesel-cycle THC analyzer continuous sample line should be preheated to...

  11. 40 CFR Appendix A to Part 75 - Specifications and Test Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ..., respectively, under § 75.20(c)(1)(ii) and (c)(1)(vi), the measurement error shall not exceed 10.0 percent of the reference value at any of the three gas levels. To calculate the measurement error at each level... measurements of SO2 concentration during the relative accuracy test audit is less than or equal to 250.0...

  12. 77 FR 26471 - Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs: 6-acetylmorphine (6-AM...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-05-04

    ... (MROs) will no longer be required to consult with one another regarding the testing for the presence of... additional requirements on the laboratories and the MROs. Specifically, when morphine was not detected at the..., on average, 14 results per month from the laboratories and MROs that a specimen was positive for...

  13. Sound Localization Acuity in Very Young Infants: An Observer-Based Testing Procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Morrongiello, Barbara A.; And Others

    1990-01-01

    Infants of 8-28 weeks were tested to determine the smallest sound shift off midline and along the horizontal axis that the infants could reliably discriminate. Results indicated localization acuity increased with age. Video records revealed numerous auditory orienting behaviors with methodological implications. (RH)

  14. A Monte Carlo Study of an Iterative Wald Test Procedure for DIF Analysis

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cao, Mengyang; Tay, Louis; Liu, Yaowu

    2017-01-01

    This study examined the performance of a proposed iterative Wald approach for detecting differential item functioning (DIF) between two groups when preknowledge of anchor items is absent. The iterative approach utilizes the Wald-2 approach to identify anchor items and then iteratively tests for DIF items with the Wald-1 approach. Monte Carlo…

  15. A Monte Carlo Study of an Iterative Wald Test Procedure for DIF Analysis

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cao, Mengyang; Tay, Louis; Liu, Yaowu

    2017-01-01

    This study examined the performance of a proposed iterative Wald approach for detecting differential item functioning (DIF) between two groups when preknowledge of anchor items is absent. The iterative approach utilizes the Wald-2 approach to identify anchor items and then iteratively tests for DIF items with the Wald-1 approach. Monte Carlo…

  16. 40 CFR 86.159-00 - Exhaust emission test procedures for US06 emissions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... adjustment. (e) Perform the test bench sampling sequence outlined in § 86.140-94 prior to or in conjunction... sample bag, turn on the petroleum-fueled diesel-cycle THC analyzer system integrator, mark the recorder.... 1 (and the petroleum-fueled diesel hydrocarbon integrator No. 1 and mark the petroleum-fueled diesel...

  17. Substitution into more environmental friendly chemicals - test procedures for a gas/oil/water separation process

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rabe, Karsten

    2006-03-15

    According to commitments regarding zero harmful discharge, the operating companies are to substitute environmental harmful production chemicals into more environmental ones. This contribution discusses the influence foam inhibitors, emulsion breakers and emulsions may have on the separation process and presents tests on some of these compounds. (tk)

  18. Acoustic emission analysis as a non-destructive test procedure for fiber compound structures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Block, J.

    1983-01-01

    The concept of acoustic emission analysis is explained in scientific terms. The detection of acoustic events, their localization, damage discrimination, and event summation curves are discussed. A block diagram of the concept of damage-free testing of fiber-reinforced synthetic materials is depicted. Prospects for application of the concept are assessed.

  19. 78 FR 64295 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure for Commercial Refrigeration Equipment

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-10-28

    ... the nomenclature and methodology used in DOE's 2009 standards rulemaking on commercial refrigeration... refrigeration equipment would serve only to clarify existing nomenclature, testing provisions, and requirements... 431.66, DOE proposes that when a model of commercial refrigeration equipment is offered for sale...

  20. An Experiment in a Picture-Stimuli Procedure for Testing Oral Communication.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bachman, Lyle F.

    As part of the evaluation of a 5-year longitudinal research and development project in individualized language learning, several alternative methods for testing oral English production were tried out. The Bilingual Syntax Measure was selected for adaptation because of the relative effectiveness of its visual component in eliciting responses.…

  1. Nonparametric Tests of Collectively Rational Consumption Behavior : An Integer Programming Procedure

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Cherchye, L.J.H.; de Rock, B.; Sabbe, J.; Vermeulen, F.M.P.

    2008-01-01

    We present an IP-based nonparametric (revealed preference) testing proce- dure for rational consumption behavior in terms of general collective models, which include consumption externalities and public consumption. An empiri- cal application to data drawn from the Russia Longitudinal Monitoring

  2. 40 CFR 63.1512 - Performance test/compliance demonstration requirements and procedures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... of the control device. (g) Dross-only furnace. The owner or operator must conduct a performance test to measure emissions of PM from each dross-only furnace at the outlet of each control device while the unit processes only dross and salt flux as the sole feedstock. (h) In-line fluxer. (1) The owner...

  3. 78 FR 41609 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Refrigerators...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-07-10

    ... opportunity to present oral and written comments. (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(2)) When considering amending a test... soliciting the public for feedback on a possible replacement for the ``fixed value'' approach by detailing a... September 15, 2011 (76 FR 57612) to allow for further public feedback in response to the promulgation of...

  4. 76 FR 31749 - Energy Conservation Program for Certain Consumer Appliances: Test Procedures for Battery Chargers...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-06-01

    ... devices that (1) communicate with their loads through USB and other protocols (e.g. I2C and TCP/IP),\\3\\ (2... electricity from a power source, usually from a wall outlet, and convert it into a form that can be used.... Generalized Test Protocol for Calculating the Energy Efficiency of Internal Ac-Dc Power Supplies, Rev....

  5. 75 FR 5722 - Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-02-04

    ... and scientific reliability of any test result reported by an HHS-certified laboratory. Certifying Technician (CT). The individual responsible for verifying the chain of custody and scientific reliability of... initialing and dating the change. (i) A notation shall be made on Copy 1 of the CCF (Step 5a) and on any...

  6. HANDBOOK - Environmental Assessment of Construction Products - An introduction to test mehtods and other procedures related to CE-marking

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wahlstrom, Margareta; Laine-Ylyjoki, Jutta; Rautiainen, Liisa

    2009-01-01

    , the Construction Products Regulation (CPR). This change will not affect the implementation of ER 3 in CE marking of construction products. ER 3 addresses that construction products must be designed and built in a way that they do not represent a threat to hygiene, health and the environment. The European...... Harmonised Standards and European Technical Approvals describe methods for testing of construction products and specify the conditions for CE marking of construction products. This handbook presents an overview of the technical, regulatory and administrative framework within which CE marking of construction...... and authorities for ensuring the safety to health and the living environment. It covers the whole evaluation procedure starting from planning the testing to the use of test results. This document is the final report for the project: “Generella riktlinjer för miljöbedömning och CE-märkning av nordiska...

  7. Canadian Registry of ICD Implant Testing procedures (CREDIT): current practice, risks, and costs of intraoperative defibrillation testing.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Healey, Jeff S; Dorian, Paul; Mitchell, L Brent; Talajic, Mario; Philippon, Francois; Simpson, Chris; Yee, Raymond; Morillo, Carlos A; Lamy, Andre; Basta, Magdy; Birnie, David H; Wang, Xiaoyin; Nair, Girish M; Crystal, Eugene; Kerr, Charles R; Connolly, Stuart J

    2010-02-01

    There is uncertainty about the proper role of defibrillation testing (DT) at the time of implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD) insertion. A prospective registry was conducted at 13 sites in Canada between January 2006 and October 2007. To document the details of DT, the reasons for not conducting DT, and the costs and complications associated with DT. DT was conducted at implantation in 230 of 361 patients (64%). DT was more likely to be conducted for new implants compared with impulse generator replacements (71% vs 32%, P = 0.0001), but was similar for primary and secondary prevention indications (64% vs 63%, P = NS). Among patients not having DT, the reason(s) given were: considered unnecessary (44%); considered unsafe, mainly due to persistent atrial fibrillation (37%); lack of an anesthetist (20%); and, patient or physician preference (6%). When performed, DT consisted of a single successful shock > or = 10J below maximum device output in 65% of cases. A 10J safety-margin was met by 97% of patients, requiring system modification in 2.3%. Major perioperative complications occurred in 4.4% of patients having DT versus 6.6% of patients not having DT (P = NS). ICD insertion was $844 more expensive for patients having DT (P = 0.16), largely due to increased costs ($28,017 vs $24,545) among patients having impulse generator replacement (P = 0.02). DT was not performed in a third of ICD implants, usually due to a perceived lack of need or relative contraindication.

  8. How to verify lightning protection efficiency for electrical systems? Testing procedures and practical applications

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Birkl, Josef; Zahlmann, Peter [DEHN and SOEHNE, Neumarkt (Germany)], Emails: Josef.Birkl@technik.dehn.de, Peter.Zahlmann@technik.dehn.de

    2007-07-01

    There are increasing numbers of applications, installing Surge Protective Devices (SPDs), through which partial lightning currents flow, and highly sensitive, electronic devices to be protected closely next to each other due to the design of electric distribution systems and switchgear installations which is getting more and more compact. In these cases, the protective function of the SPDs has to be co-ordinated with the individual immunity of the equipment against energetic, conductive impulse voltages and impulse currents. In order to verify the immunity against partial lightning currents of the complete system laboratory tests on a system level are a suitable approach. The proposed test schemes for complete systems have been successfully performed on various applications. Examples will be presented. (author)

  9. Iterative procedure for in-situ EUV optical testing with an incoherent source

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Miyawaka, Ryan; Naulleau, Patrick; Zakhor, Avideh

    2009-12-01

    We propose an iterative method for in-situ optical testing under partially coherent illumination that relies on the rapid computation of aerial images. In this method a known pattern is imaged with the test optic at several planes through focus. A model is created that iterates through possible aberration maps until the through-focus series of aerial images matches the experimental result. The computation time of calculating the through-focus series is significantly reduced by a-SOCS, an adapted form of the Sum Of Coherent Systems (SOCS) decomposition. In this method, the Hopkins formulation is described by an operator S which maps the space of pupil aberrations to the space of aerial images. This operator is well approximated by a truncated sum of its spectral components.

  10. Chemical and Biological Contamination Survivability (CBCS), Large Item Exteriors. Test Operations Procedure

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-03-21

    protective posture , level IV; protective clothing; ME; mission-essential 16. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF: 17. LIMITATION OF ABSTRACT SAR...tested are measured while individuals and/or crew members are wearing normal uniforms and while wearing mission-oriented protective posture , level IV...be conducted outdoors. Environmental conditions are monitored, the SUT is allowed to equilibrate with the ambient conditions, and any required

  11. Standard Operating Procedure for Mutagenicity Testing Using the Drosophila melanogaster Sex-Linked Recessive Lethal Assay.

    Science.gov (United States)

    1982-01-01

    flies may feed. Use a buffered solution if necessary. * Check the pH of this solution with indicating paper. If the pH is above or below the 5 to 9...range, use " Trizma Pre-set pH 7.0 Crystals" (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Missouri) at the same molar concentration as the test material, to mix up the

  12. Extended device profiles and testing procedures for the approval process of integrated medical devices using the IEEE 11073 communication standard.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Janß, Armin; Thorn, Johannes; Schmitz, Malte; Mildner, Alexander; Dell'Anna-Pudlik, Jasmin; Leucker, Martin; Radermacher, Klaus

    2017-08-25

    Nowadays, only closed and proprietary integrated operating room systems (IORS) from big manufacturers are available on the market. Hence, the interconnection of components from third-party vendors is only possible with increased time and costs. In the context of the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF)-funded project OR.NET (2012-2016), the open integration of medical devices from different manufacturers was addressed. An integrated operating theater based on the open communication standard IEEE 11073 shall give clinical operators the opportunity to choose medical devices independently of the manufacturer. This approach would be advantageous especially for hospital operators and small- and medium-sized enterprises (SME) of medical devices. Actual standards and concepts regarding technical feasibility and the approval process do not cope with the requirements for a modular integration of medical devices in the operating room (OR), based on an open communication standard. Therefore, innovative approval strategies and corresponding certification and test procedures, which cover actual legal and normative standards, have to be developed in order to support the future risk management and the usability engineering process of open integrated medical devices in the OR. The use of standardized device and service profiles and a three-step testing procedure, including conformity, interoperability and integration tests are described in this paper and shall support the manufacturers to integrate their medical devices without disclosing the medical devices' risk analysis and related confidential expertise or proprietary information.

  13. Test procedures for measuring the (sub)chronic effects of chemicals on the freshwater cyclopoid Eucyclops serrulatus.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cifoni, Marco; Galassi, Diana Maria Paola; Faraloni, Cecilia; Di Lorenzo, Tiziana

    2017-04-01

    The purpose of this study has been to describe test procedures for measuring the (sub)chronic effects of chemicals on the freshwater cyclopoid Eucyclops serrulatus. To this end we have adapted the setting of the standard full life-cycle protocol of the marine harpacticoid A. tenuiremis to E. serrulatus. We have tested the effects of 4 different diets, two temperatures and two rearing volumes on the survival, development, reproduction and population growth rates of this species. Our results have highlighted that full life-cycle tests can be run using 2 mL-glass vials, a diet consisting of a mixture of living cells of Chlorella sorokiniana and Scenedesmus quadricauda, at either 25 °C (test duration: 42 days) or 18 °C (test duration: 51 days). However, the best performance in terms of survival, development, reproducibility and population growth rates with this species was obtained at 18 °C, albeit with significantly longer test duration. Subchronic tests in 2 mL-glass vials with the mixture microalgal diet at both temperatures are available options if considered appropriate for the objectives of a given study. In particular, developmental tests from nauplius to copepodid may profitably be performed in about 11 days at 18 °C and in 6 days at 25 °C. Under the same test conditions, subchronic tests from copepodid to adult may be run in 19 days at 18 °C and in 16 days at 25 °C.

  14. Examining Nurse Empathy for Infant Procedural Pain: Testing a New Video Measure

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Margot Latimer

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available BACKGROUND: Research reporting effective pain care strategies exists, yet it is not translated to care. Little is known about how repeated pain exposure has affected nurses’ ability to be empathetic and use their knowledge to provide evidence-based care. Concerns have been raised regarding the validity of self-report empathy instruments; therefore, a novel video program was developed for testing. It was hypothesized that those who viewed infants in painful and nonpainful states would have a measureable empathy (pain rating response correlating to the level of pain expressed by the infants.

  15. PROcedures for TESTing and measuring wind turbine components. Results for yaw and pitch system and drive train

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Holierhoek, J.G.; Savenije, F.J.; Engels, W.P.; Van de Pieterman, R.P. [Unit Wind Energy, Energy research Centre of the Netherlands, 1755 ZG Petten (Netherlands); Lekou, D.J. [Wind Energy Section, Centre for Renewable Energy Sources and Saving (Greece); Hecquet, T. [SWE, Universitaet Stuttgart, Stuttgart (Germany); Soeker, H. [DEWI, Wilhelmshaven (Germany); Ehlers, B. [Suzlon Energy GmbH, Suzlon Energy GmbH, Rostock (Germany); Ristow, M.; Kochmann, M. [Load Assumptions, Germanischer Lloyd Industrial Services GmbH, Hamburg (Germany); Smolders, K.; Peeters, J. [R and D technology, Hansen Transmissions International, Lommel (Belgium)

    2012-07-16

    PROcedures for TESTing (PROTEST) and measuring wind energy systems was a pre-normative project that ran from 2008 to 2010 in order to improve the reliability of mechanical components of wind turbines. Initiating the project, it was concluded that the procedures concerning these components should be further improved. Within the PROTEST project, complementary procedures have been developed to improve the specification of the design loads at the interfaces where the mechanical components (pitch and yaw system, as well as the drive train) are attached to the wind turbine. This is required, since in optimizing wind turbine operation and improving reliability, focus should be given to the design, not only to safety related components but also to the rest of the components affecting the overall behaviour of the wind turbine as a system. The project has resulted in a proposal for new design load cases, specifically for the drive train, a description of the loads to be defined at the interfaces of each mechanical system, as well as a method to set up and use the prototype measurements to validate or improve the load calculations concerning the mechanical components. Following this method would improve the reliability of wind turbines, although more experience is needed to efficiently use the method. Examples are given for the analysis of the drive train, pitch system and yaw system.

  16. Constraints on LISA Pathfinder's self-gravity: design requirements, estimates and testing procedures

    CERN Document Server

    Ferroni, Valerio

    2016-01-01

    LISA Pathfinder satellite has been launched on 3th December 2015 toward the Sun-Earth first Lagrangian point (L1) where the LISA Technology Package (LTP), which is the main science payload, will be tested. With its cutting-edge technology, the LTP will provide the ability to achieve unprecedented geodesic motion residual acceleration measurements down to the order of $3 \\times 10^{-14}\\,\\mathrm{m/s^2/{Hz^{1/2}}}$ within the $1-30\\,\\mathrm{mHz}$ frequency band. The presence of the spacecraft itself is responsible of the local gravitational field which will interact with the two proof test-masses. Potentially, such a force interaction might prevent to achieve the targeted free-fall level originating a significant source of noise. We balanced this gravitational force with sub $\\mathrm{nm/s^2}$ accuracy, guided by a protocol based on measurements of the position and the mass of all parts that constitute the satellite, via finite element calculation tool estimates. In the following, we will introduce requirements,...

  17. Constraints on LISA Pathfinder’s self-gravity: design requirements, estimates and testing procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Armano, M.; Audley, H.; Auger, G.; Baird, J.; Binetruy, P.; Born, M.; Bortoluzzi, D.; Brandt, N.; Bursi, A.; Caleno, M.; Cavalleri, A.; Cesarini, A.; Cruise, M.; Danzmann, K.; de Deus Silva, M.; Desiderio, D.; Piersanti, E.; Diepholz, I.; Dolesi, R.; Dunbar, N.; Ferraioli, L.; Ferroni, V.; Fitzsimons, E.; Flatscher, R.; Freschi, M.; Gallegos, J.; García Marirrodriga, C.; Gerndt, R.; Gesa, L.; Gibert, F.; Giardini, D.; Giusteri, R.; Grimani, C.; Grzymisch, J.; Harrison, I.; Heinzel, G.; Hewitson, M.; Hollington, D.; Hueller, M.; Huesler, J.; Inchauspé, H.; Jennrich, O.; Jetzer, P.; Johlander, B.; Karnesis, N.; Kaune, B.; Korsakova, N.; Killow, C.; Lloro, I.; Liu, L.; López-Zaragoza, J. P.; Maarschalkerweerd, R.; Madden, S.; Mance, D.; Martín, V.; Martin-Polo, L.; Martino, J.; Martin-Porqueras, F.; Mateos, I.; McNamara, P. W.; Mendes, J.; Mendes, L.; Moroni, A.; Nofrarias, M.; Paczkowski, S.; Perreur-Lloyd, M.; Petiteau, A.; Pivato, P.; Plagnol, E.; Prat, P.; Ragnit, U.; Ramos-Castro, J.; Reiche, J.; Romera Perez, J. A.; Robertson, D.; Rozemeijer, H.; Rivas, F.; Russano, G.; Sarra, P.; Schleicher, A.; Slutsky, J.; Sopuerta, C. F.; Sumner, T.; Texier, D.; Thorpe, J. I.; Tomlinson, R.; Trenkel, C.; Vetrugno, D.; Vitale, S.; Wanner, G.; Ward, H.; Warren, C.; Wass, P. J.; Wealthy, D.; Weber, W. J.; Wittchen, A.; Zanoni, C.; Ziegler, T.; Zweifel, P.

    2016-12-01

    LISA Pathfinder satellite was launched on 3 December 2015 toward the Sun-Earth first Lagrangian point (L1) where the LISA Technology Package (LTP), which is the main science payload, will be tested. LTP achieves measurements of differential acceleration of free-falling test masses (TMs) with sensitivity below 3× {10}-14 {{m}} {{{s}}}-2 {{Hz}}-1/2 within the 1-30 mHz frequency band in one-dimension. The spacecraft itself is responsible for the dominant differential gravitational field acting on the two TMs. Such a force interaction could contribute a significant amount of noise and thus threaten the achievement of the targeted free-fall level. We prevented this by balancing the gravitational forces to the sub nm s-2 level, guided by a protocol based on measurements of the position and the mass of all parts that constitute the satellite, via finite element calculation tool estimates. In this paper, we will introduce the gravitational balance requirements and design, and then discuss our predictions for the balance that will be achieved in flight.

  18. ASTM F739 method for testing the permeation resistance of protective clothing materials: critical analysis with proposed changes in procedure and test-cell design.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Anna, D H; Zellers, E T; Sulewski, R

    1998-08-01

    ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) Method F739-96 specifies a test-cell design and procedures for measuring the permeation resistance of chemical protective clothing. Among the specifications are open-loop collection stream flow rates of 0.050 to 0.150 L/min for a gaseous medium. At elevated temperatures the test must be maintained within 1 degree C of the set point. This article presents a critical analysis of the effect of the collection stream flow rate on the measured permeation rate and on the temperature uniformity within the test cell. Permeation tests were conducted on four polymeric glove materials with 44 solvents at 25 degrees C. Flow rates > 0.5 L/min were necessary to obtain accurate steady-state permeation rate (SSPR) values in 25 percent of the tests. At the lower flow rates the true SSPR typically was underestimated by a factor of two or less, but errors of up to 33-fold were observed. No clear relationship could be established between the need for a higher collection stream flow rate and either the vapor pressure or the permeation rate of the solvent, but test results suggest that poor mixing within the collection chamber was a contributing factor. Temperature gradients between the challenge and collection chambers and between the bottom and the top of the collection chamber increased with the water-bath temperature and the collection stream flow rate. Use of a test cell modified to permit deeper submersion reduced the gradients to < or = 0.5 degrees C. It is recommended that all SSPR measurements include verification of the adequacy of the collection stream flow rate. For testing at nonambient temperatures, the modified test cell described here could be used to ensure temperature uniformity throughout the cell.

  19. Procedure to Determine Thermal Characteristics and Groundwater Influence in Heterogeneous Subsoil by an Enhanced Thermal Response Test and Numerical Modeling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aranzabal, Nordin; Martos, Julio; Montero, Álvaro; Monreal, Llúcia; Soret, Jesús; Torres, José; García-Olcina, Raimundo

    2016-04-01

    Ground thermal conductivity and borehole thermal resistance are indispensable parameters for the optimal design of subsoil thermal processes and energy storage characterization. The standard method to determine these parameters is the Thermal Response Test (TRT) which results are evaluated by models considering the ground being homogeneous and isotropic. This method obtains an effective ground thermal conductivity which represents an average of the thermal conductivity along the different layers crossed by perforation. In order to obtain a ground thermal conductivity profile as a function of depth two additional key factors are required, first, a new significant data set: a temperature profile along the borehole; and second, a new analysis procedure to extract ground heterogeneity from the recorded data. This research work presents the results of an analysis procedure, complementing the standard TRT analysis, which allows to estimate the thermal conductivity profile from a temperature profile measured along the borehole during a TRT. In the analysis procedure, a 3D Finite Element Model (FEM) is used to fit simulation results with experimental data, by a set of iterative simulations. This methodology is applied to a data set obtained throughout a TRT of 1kW heat power injection in a 30m depth Borehole Heat Exchange (BHE) facility. A highly conductive layer have been detected and located at 25 m depth. In addition, a novel automated device to obtain temperature profiles along geothermal pipes with or without fluid flow is presented. This sensor system is intended to improve the standard TRT and it allows the collection of depth depending thermal characteristics of the subsoil geological structure. Currently, some studies are being conducted in double U-pipe borehole installations in order to improve previously introduced analysis procedure. From a numerical model simulation that takes into account advective effects is pretended to estimate underground water velocity

  20. Understanding and using the brief Implicit Association Test: recommended scoring procedures.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Brian A Nosek

    Full Text Available A brief version of the Implicit Association Test (BIAT has been introduced. The present research identified analytical best practices for overall psychometric performance of the BIAT. In 7 studies and multiple replications, we investigated analytic practices with several evaluation criteria: sensitivity to detecting known effects and group differences, internal consistency, relations with implicit measures of the same topic, relations with explicit measures of the same topic and other criterion variables, and resistance to an extraneous influence of average response time. The data transformation algorithms D outperformed other approaches. This replicates and extends the strong prior performance of D compared to conventional analytic techniques. We conclude with recommended analytic practices for standard use of the BIAT.

  1. Spirometry in healthy subjects: do technical details of the test procedure affect the results?

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Luciana Sipoli

    Full Text Available Spirometry should follow strict quality criteria. The American Thoracic Society (ATS recommends the use of a noseclip; however there are controversies about its need. ATS also indicates that tests should be done in the sitting position, but there are no recommendations neither about position of the upper limbs and lower limbs nor about who should hold the mouthpiece while performing the maneuvers: evaluated subject or evaluator.To compare noseclip use or not, different upper and lower limbs positions and who holds the mouthpiece, verifying if these technical details affect spirometric results in healthy adults.One hundred and three healthy individuals (41 men; age: 47 [33-58] years; normal lung function: FEV₁/FVC = 83±5, FEV₁ = 94 [88-104]%predicted, FVC = 92 [84-102]%predicted underwent a protocol consisting of four spirometric comparative analysis in the sitting position: 1 maximum voluntary ventilation (MVV with vs without noseclip; 2 FVC performed with vs without upper limbs support; 3 FVC performed with lower limbs crossed vs lower limbs in neutral position; 4 FVC, slow vital capacity and MVV comparing the evaluated subject holding the mouthpiece vs evaluator holding it.Different spirometric variables presented statistically significant difference (p<0.05 when analysing the four comparisons; however, none of them showed any variation larger than those considered as acceptable according to the ATS reproducibility criteria.There was no relevant variation in spirometric results when analyzing technical details such as noseclip use during MVV, upper and lower limb positions and who holds the mouthpiece when performing the tests in healthy adults.

  2. 40 CFR 53.35 - Test procedure for Class II and Class III methods for PM2.5 and PM-2.5

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ...-volatile organic pollutants. (B) Test site B shall be in a western city such as Denver, Salt Lake City, or... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Test procedure for Class II and Class... Test procedure for Class II and Class III methods for PM2.5 and PM-2.5 (a) Overview. Class II and Class...

  3. Procedure for developing experimental designs for accelerated tests for service-life prediction. [for solar cell modules

    Science.gov (United States)

    Thomas, R. E.; Gaines, G. B.

    1978-01-01

    Recommended design procedures to reduce the complete factorial design by retaining information on anticipated important interaction effects, and by generally giving up information on unconditional main effects are discussed. A hypothetical photovoltaic module used in the test design is presented. Judgments were made of the relative importance of various environmental stresses such as UV radiation, abrasion, chemical attack, temperature, mechanical stress, relative humidity and voltage. Consideration is given to a complete factorial design and its graphical representation, elimination of selected test conditions, examination and improvement of an engineering design, and parametric study. The resulting design consists of a mix of conditional main effects and conditional interactions and represents a compromise between engineering and statistical requirements.

  4. A proposal for an alternative quality control test procedure for inactivated vaccines against food-and-mouth disease virus.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Molin-Capeti, K C; Sepulveda, L; Terra, F; Torres-Pioli, M F; Costa-Casagrande, T; França, S C; Thomaz-Soccol, V

    2013-02-18

    Foot-and-mouth disease (FMD) control in Brazil includes a strict mandatory vaccination program with vaccines produced in certified laboratories subject to inspection by the Brazilian Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock, and Food Supply (MAPA). The FMD vaccine's potency is tested through antibodies titration against structural viral proteins in sera from cattle that have not had any exposure to food-and-mouth disease virus (FMDV), at 28 days post-vaccination. Biological product testing using large animals is expensive and unwieldy. Thus, alternative testing procedures using laboratory animals have been proposed for quality control of these products. Such biological methods for vaccine evaluation using animals from vivarium facilities can have a significant impact through reduced costs, easier handling, and shorter testing times. The present study was designed to access Balb/C mice's humoral immune responses to a FMDV experimental vaccine, the composition of which contains three virus serotypes of FMDV (O1 Campos, A24 Cruzeiro, and C3 Indaial). Balb/C mice were immunized at doses that were 5% and 10% of the vaccine volume administered in cattle. Immunized mice had their antibody titers probed at 14, 21, and 28 DPV (days post vaccination). The results obtained were compared to those previously known from cattle's immune responses to the FMDV vaccine. An adequate immune response to the vaccine was seen with 10% formulation at 21 DPV. The study results are encouraging and indicate that the mouse model can be used for quality control in experimental vaccine testing.

  5. Pneumothorax and pneumoperitoneum during the apnea test: how safe is this procedure? Pneumotorax y pneumoperitoneo durante el test de apnea: cuán seguro es este procedimiento?

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    GUSTAVO SAPOSNIK

    2000-09-01

    Full Text Available Apnea test is a crucial requirement for determining the diagnosis of brain death (BD. There are few reports considering clinical complications during this procedure. We describe a major complication during performing the apnea test. We also analyse their practical and legal implications, and review the complications of this procedure in the literature. A 54 year-old man was admitted for impaired consciousness due to a massive intracerebral hemorrhage. Six hours later, he had no motor response, and all brainstem reflexes were negative. The patient fulfilled American Academy of Neurology (AAN criteria for determining BD. During the apnea test, the patient developed pneumothorax, pneumoperitoneum, and finally cardiac arrest. Apnea test is a necessary requirement for the diagnosis of brain death. However, it is not innocuous and caution must be take in particular clinical situations. Complications during the apnea test could be more frequent than reported and may have practical and legal implications. Further prospective studies are necessary to evaluate the frequency and nature of complications during this practice.El test de apnea (AT es un requerimiento esencial para el diagnóstico de muerte encefálica. Hay pocos estudios que consideren complicaciones clínicas relacionadas con este procedimiento. Describimos un paciente que desarrolló una complicación mayor mientras se efectuaba el test de apnea. Realizamos una revisión de las complicaciones relacionadas con este procedimiento en la literatura. CASO CLÍNICO: Un hombre de 54 años fue admitido por deterioro del sensorio debido a una hemorragia intracerebral. Seis horas posteriores, el paciente no tenía respuesta motora, y todos los reflejos del tronco cerebral estaban abolidos. El paciente cumplía con los criterios diagnósticos de Muerte Encefálica de acuerdo a lo establecido por la Academia Americana de Neurología. Durante el test de apnea, el paciente desarrolla s

  6. A new statistical procedure for testing the presence of a significative correlation in the residuals of stable autoregressive processes

    CERN Document Server

    Proïa, Frédéric

    2012-01-01

    The purpose of this paper is to investigate the asymptotic behavior of the Durbin-Watson statistic for the general stable $p-$order autoregressive process when the driven noise is given by a first-order autoregressive process. We establish the almost sure convergence and the asymptotic normality for both the least squares estimator of the unknown vector parameter of the autoregressive process as well as for the serial correlation estimator associated with the driven noise. In addition, the almost sure rates of convergence of our estimates are also provided. Then, we prove the almost sure convergence and the asymptotic normality for the Durbin-Watson statistic. Finally, we propose a new bilateral statistical procedure for testing the presence of a significative first-order residual autocorrelation and we also explain how our procedure performs better than the commonly used Box-Pierce and Ljung-Box statistical tests for white noise applied to the stable autoregressive process, even on small-sized samples.

  7. Performance of children with and without learning disabilities on Canter's Background Interference Procedure and Koppitz's scoring system for the Bender test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mitchell-Burns, J A

    2000-06-01

    Performance of 66 children, 30 with and 36 without learning disabilities, in four ways using the Bender Visual-motor Gestalt Test was compared. First, the test with the standard Koppitz scoring procedure, second with the Canter Background Interference Procedure sheet using the standard Koppitz scoring procedure; third, the Bender test on a standard sheet of paper using Canter scoring procedure; and fourth, the Canter Background Interference Procedure (BIP) sheet using the Canter scoring procedure. The effectiveness of the Canter procedure was examined when scored with an age-appropriate normative scoring system. This was accomplished by combining the Canter BIP interference sheet with the Koppitz scoring system. The children ranged in age from 6 to 10 years. Using discriminant analysis, all four methods correctly categorized statistically significant percentages of both types of students but there was a significant difference on the Canter BIP sheet using the Canter scoring procedure. This procedure classified students with the least absolute number and percentage of either false negatives or false positives when compared with the other three methods, suggesting that using this scoring method with the Bender Gestalt may be better for identifying younger children with learning disabilities.

  8. A novel phantom and procedure providing submillimeter accuracy in daily QA tests of accelerators used for stereotactic radiosurgery.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Brezovich, Ivan A; Popple, Richard A; Duan, Jun; Shen, Sui; Wu, Xingen; Benhabib, Sidi; Huang, Mi; Cardan, Rex A

    2016-07-08

    Stereotactic radiosurgery (SRS) places great demands on spatial accuracy. Steel BBs used as markers in quality assurance (QA) phantoms are clearly visible in MV and planar kV images, but artifacts compromise cone-beam CT (CBCT) isocenter localization. The purpose of this work was to develop a QA phantom for measuring with sub-mm accuracy isocenter congruence of planar kV, MV, and CBCT imaging systems and to design a practical QA procedure that includes daily Winston-Lutz (WL) tests and does not require computer aid. The salient feature of the phantom (Universal Alignment Ball (UAB)) is a novel marker for precisely localizing isocenters of CBCT, planar kV, and MV beams. It consists of a 25.4mm diameter sphere of polymethylmetacrylate (PMMA) containing a concentric 6.35mm diameter tungsten carbide ball. The large density difference between PMMA and the polystyrene foam in which the PMMA sphere is embedded yields a sharp image of the sphere for accurate CBCT registration. The tungsten carbide ball serves in finding isocenter in planar kV and MV images and in doing WL tests. With the aid of the UAB, CBCT isocenter was located within 0.10 ± 0.05 mm of its true positon, and MV isocenter was pinpointed in planar images to within 0.06 ± 0.04mm. In clinical morning QA tests extending over an 18 months period the UAB consistently yielded measurements with sub-mm accuracy. The average distance between isocenter defined by orthogonal kV images and CBCT measured 0.16 ± 0.12 mm. In WL tests the central ray of anterior beams defined by a 1.5 × 1.5 cm2 MLC field agreed with CBCT isocenter within 0.03 ± 0.14 mm in the lateral direction and within 0.10 ± 0.19 mm in the longitudinal direction. Lateral MV beams approached CBCT isocenter within 0.00 ± 0.11 mm in the vertical direction and within -0.14 ± 0.15 mm longitudinally. It took therapists about 10 min to do the tests. The novel QA phantom allows pinpointing CBCT and MV isocenter positions to better than 0.2 mm, using

  9. Thyromental height test for prediction of difficult laryngoscopy in patients undergoing coronary artery bypass graft surgical procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jain, Nilesh; Das, Sucharita; Kanchi, Muralidhar

    2017-01-01

    Patients undergoing coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) procedures have higher incidence of difficult laryngoscopy and intubation than general surgery population. Accurate prediction of difficult laryngoscopy in CABG patients is desirable to reduce the hemodynamic response and myocardial oxygen requirements. Recently, thyromental height test (TMHT) has been proposed as one of the highly sensitive and specific bedside tests to predict difficult airway. We, in our prospective observational study, evaluated the accuracy of the TMHT in predicting difficult laryngoscopy. A total of 345 patients undergoing CABG of either sex, in the age group of 35-80 years, American Society of Anesthesiologists 111, undergoing CABG, were studied. Airway assessment was performed with modified Mallampati test with the addition of thyromental distance, sternomental distance, and TMHT. Intraoperatively, direct laryngoscopy was done in accordance with Cormack and Lehane grade of laryngoscopy. The preoperative data and laryngoscopic findings were used together to evaluate the accuracy of TMHT. The sensitivity, specificity, positive and negative predictive values of other three tests were calculated according to standard formula. A total of 345 patients were in the group with mean age of study population at 56.7 (standard deviation 9.1) years (35-80 years). This study showed that almost all tests had good specificity, but sensitivity was poor. However, sensitivity of TMHT was 75% with accuracy of 95%. Receiver operating characteristic curve analysis of TMHT-derived cutoff was 52.17 which increased sensitivity to 81.25% and specificity to 92.3%. TMHT had a higher sensitivity compared to other tests along with good positive and negative predictive value and a very high specificity.

  10. Thyromental height test for prediction of difficult laryngoscopy in patients undergoing coronary artery bypass graft surgical procedure

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nilesh Jain

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available Background: Patients undergoing coronary artery bypass graft (CABG procedures have higher incidence of difficult laryngoscopy and intubation than general surgery population. Accurate prediction of difficult laryngoscopy in CABG patients is desirable to reduce the hemodynamic response and myocardial oxygen requirements. Recently, thyromental height test (TMHT has been proposed as one of the highly sensitive and specific bedside tests to predict difficult airway. We, in our prospective observational study, evaluated the accuracy of the TMHT in predicting difficult laryngoscopy. Methodology: A total of 345 patients undergoing CABG of either sex, in the age group of 35–80 years, American Society of Anesthesiologists 111, undergoing CABG, were studied. Airway assessment was performed with modified Mallampati test with the addition of thyromental distance, sternomental distance, and TMHT. Intraoperatively, direct laryngoscopy was done in accordance with Cormack and Lehane grade of laryngoscopy. The preoperative data and laryngoscopic findings were used together to evaluate the accuracy of TMHT. The sensitivity, specificity, positive and negative predictive values of other three tests were calculated according to standard formula. Results: A total of 345 patients were in the group with mean age of study population at 56.7 (standard deviation 9.1 years (35–80 years. This study showed that almost all tests had good specificity, but sensitivity was poor. However, sensitivity of TMHT was 75% with accuracy of 95%. Receiver operating characteristic curve analysis of TMHT-derived cutoff was 52.17 which increased sensitivity to 81.25% and specificity to 92.3%. Conclusion: TMHT had a higher sensitivity compared to other tests along with good positive and negative predictive value and a very high specificity.

  11. Welding procedure specification. Supplement 1. Records of procedure qualification tests. Semiautomatic gas metal arc welding of 6XXX aluminum. [6061 and 6063

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wodtke, C.H.; Frizzell, D.R.; Plunkett, W.A.

    1986-06-01

    Procedure WPS-1015 is qualified under Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for semiautomatic gas metal arc welding of aluminum alloys 6061 and 6063 (P-23), in thickness range 0.187 to 2.0 inch; filler metal is ER4043 (F-23); shielding gas is argon.

  12. Welding procedure specification. Supplement 1. Records of procedure qualification tests. Manual gas tungsten arc (DC) and semiautomatic gas metal arc welding of 6XXX aluminum. [6061 and 6063

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wodtke, C.H.; Frizzell, D.R.; Plunkett, W.A.

    1986-06-01

    Procedure WPS-1009 is qualified under Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for manual gas tungsten arc (DC) and semiautomatic gas metal arc (DC) welding of aluminum alloys 6061 and 6063 (P-23), in thickness range 0.187 to 2,0 inch; filler metal is ER4043 (F-23); shielding gases are helium (GTAW) and argon (GMAW).

  13. Gas tungsten arc welding of aluminum alloys 6XXX. Welding procedure specification. Supplement 1. Records of procedure qualification tests. [6061 and 6063

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wodtke, C.H.; Frizzell, D.R.; Plunkett, W.A.

    1986-06-01

    Procedure WPS-1003 is qualified under Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for gas tungsten arc welding of aluminum alloys 6061 and 6063 (P-23), in thickness range 0.035 to 0.516 inch; filler metal is ER4043 (F-23) or ER5356 (F-22); shielding gas is argon.

  14. Welding procedure specification: gas tungsten arc dc welding of aluminum alloys 6XXX. Supplement 1. Records of procedure qualification tests. [6061 and 6063

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wodtke, C.H.; Frizzell, D.R.; Plunkett, W.A.

    1986-06-01

    Procedure WPS-1007 is qualified under Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for gas tungsten arc welding of aluminum alloys 6061 and 6063 (P-23), in thickness range 0.125 to 2.0 inch; filler metal is ER4043 (F-23); current is direct, shielding gas is helium.

  15. 49 CFR 40.245 - What is the procedure for an alcohol screening test using a saliva ASD or a breath tube ASD?

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... test using a saliva ASD or a breath tube ASD? 40.245 Section 40.245 Transportation Office of the... Alcohol Screening Tests § 40.245 What is the procedure for an alcohol screening test using a saliva ASD or a breath tube ASD? (a) As the STT or BAT, you must take the following steps when using the...

  16. Current Performance Characteristics of NASA Langley Research Center's Cockpit Motion Base and Standardized Test Procedure for Future Performance Characterization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cowen, Brandon; Stringer, Mary T.; Hutchinson, Brian K.; Davidson, Paul C.; Gupton, Lawrence E.

    2014-01-01

    This report documents the updated performance characteristics of NASA Langley Research Center's (LaRC) Cockpit Motion Base (CMB) after recent revisions that were made to its inner-loop, feedback control law. The modifications to the control law will be briefly described. The performance of the Cockpit Motion Facility (CMF) will be presented. A short graphical comparison to the previous control law can be found in the appendix of this report. The revised controller will be shown to yield reduced parasitic accelerations with respect to the previous controller. Metrics based on the AGARD Advisory Report No. 144 are used to assess the overall system performance due to its recent control algorithm modification. This report also documents the standardized simulator test procedure which can be used in the future to evaluate potential updates to the control law.

  17. A Discussion of Procedures and Equipment for the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty On-Site Inspection Environmental Sampling and Analysis

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wogman, Ned A.; Milbrath, Brian D.; Payne, Rosara F.; Seifert, Carolyn E.; Friese, Judah I.; Miley, Harry S.; Bowyer, Ted W.; Hanlen, Richard C.; Onishi, Yasuo; Hayes, James C.; Wigmosta, Mark S.

    2011-02-01

    This paper is intended to serve as a scientific basis to start discussions of the available environmental sampling techniques and equipment that have been used in the past that could be considered for use within the context of the Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty (CTBT) on-site inspections (OSI). This work contains information on the techniques, equipment, costs, and some operational procedures associated with environmental sampling that have actually been used in the past by the United States for the detection of nuclear explosions. This paper also includes a discussion of issues, recommendations, and questions needing further study within the context of the sampling and analysis of aquatic materials, atmospheric gases, atmospheric particulates, vegetation, sediments and soils, fauna, and drill-back materials.

  18. Diagnostic Tests and Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    ... pressure machine (called a sphygmomanometer). Blood pressure readings measure the two parts of blood pressure: systolic and diastolic pressures. Systolic pressure (the higher number listed first) is the force of blood flow through an artery when the heart beats. Diastolic ...

  19. Tests and Procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    ... Non-Hodgkin) Lymphoma (Hodgkin) Neuroblastoma Osteosarcoma Retinoblastoma Rhabdomyosarcoma Skin Cancer Soft Tissue Sarcoma Thyroid Cancer Cancer Resources Childhood Cancer Statistics Coping With Cancer CureSearch CancerCare App Late Effects ...

  20. A study to test the effectiveness of placebo Reiki standardization procedures developed for a planned Reiki efficacy study.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mansour, A A; Beuche, M; Laing, G; Leis, A; Nurse, J

    1999-04-01

    Reiki is one type of alternative therapy that is increasing in popularity. It is advocated by its practitioners as a precise method for connecting universal life energy with the body's innate process of healing through hands-on techniques. The claim of Reiki practitioners is that Reiki reduces a variety of physical problems and improves psychospiritual well-being. There are abundant anecdotal records that support the previous claim, and a few pioneer scientific studies are starting to emerge. Although the Reiki research in totality supports the anecdotal records, the absence of randomized and placebo-controlled trials precludes the interpretation of the outcomes as resulting from specific effects as opposed to placebo effects plus natural history. Authorities in the field indicate that researchers interested in placebo-controlled studies should have the placebo treatment look exactly like the real intervention in every respect. Because no studies could be found in the literature that tested standardization procedures for real and placebo Reiki, the decision was made to conduct one. The purpose of this study was to test the standardization procedures developed by our research team for placebo Reiki, before going ahead and conducting our planned full-scale randomized and placebo-controlled Reiki efficacy study. This study used a 4-round, crossover experimental design in which 20 blinded subjects (12 students, 4 breast cancer survivors, and 4 observers) were exposed to a combination of 2 interventions (Reiki plus Reiki, or placebo plus placebo, or Reiki plus placebo, or placebo plus Reiki); and were then asked to evaluate the interventions using a self-administered questionnaire. The blinded observers were used in round number 4. Two real Reiki practitioners in the Usui system were chosen first, then 2 placebo practitioners who closely resembled them were recruited. The placebo practitioners were trained in Reiki by the study Reiki Master and the principal

  1. The intracarotid amobarbital procedure (Wada test with two protocols combined, Montreal and Seattle Procedimentos do amobarbital intracarotideo (teste de Wada com dois protocolos combinados, Montreal e Seattle

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Paulo J. M. Leite

    1997-06-01

    Full Text Available The intracarotid amobarbital procedure was carried out in 8 male and 7 female candidates to temporal lobectomy, and a female candidate to frontal lesionectomy, aged 18-50 (mean 32.5 years. Language and memory were tested after injection in each hemisphere. Both were measured by the Montreal procedure. In 9 patients language and memory were evaluated with the Seattle procedure too. In 12 patients the left hemisphere was dominant for language; three had bilateral dominance. In I patient the Seattle procedure demonstrated the dominant hemisphere by relatively slowness of speech during the drug effect in the left hemisphere. Memory was defined to be in the left hemisphere in 12 patients, in the right in 2, bilateral in 1 and in another lateralization was not possible. In 1 patient memory dominance was determined by the Montreal protocol alone because of lack of cooperation. These early results indicate that the methods may be complementary for determination of language and memory dominance in epilepsy surgery candidates.O testo do amobarbital intracarotídeo foi realizado em 8 homens e 7 mulheres candidatos a lobectomia temporal e em uma mulher candidata a lesionectomia frontal, com idades de 18-50 (média 32,5 anos. Linguagem e memória foram testadas após a injeção do amobarbial em cada hemisfério cerebral. Todos os pacientes foram avaliados pelo método de Montreal e 9 também pelo método de Seattle. Em 12 pacientes o hemisfério cerebral esquerdo foi dominante para linguagem e em 3 pacientes houve dominância bilateral. Em uma paciente a linguagem foi determinada apenas através do método de Seattle, com lentificação relativa da fal a, sob ação da droga no hemisfério cerebral esquerdo. Dominância da memória à esquerda foi observada em 12 pacientes, à direita em 2, bilateral em 1 e em outro não foi lateralizada. Dominância da memória foi definida apenas através do método de Montreal em um paciente, devido à pouca coopera

  2. Study of an automated procedure for a Dutch sentence test for the measurement of the speech reception threshold in noise

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Terband, H.; Drullman, R.

    2008-01-01

    We hebben een procedure ontwikkeld om het meten van spraakverstaanbaarheid te automatiseren. Bij deze standaardtest moeten luisteraars zinnen nazeggen die ze in achtergrondlawaai (ruis) te horen krijgen. Bij de huidige procedure beoordeelt een proefleider hoe goed dat gaat; in onze nieuwe procedure

  3. Value stream mapping of the Pap test processing procedure: a lean approach to improve quality and efficiency.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Michael, Claire W; Naik, Kalyani; McVicker, Michael

    2013-05-01

    We developed a value stream map (VSM) of the Papanicolaou test procedure to identify opportunities to reduce waste and errors, created a new VSM, and implemented a new process emphasizing Lean tools. Preimplementation data revealed the following: (1) processing time (PT) for 1,140 samples averaged 54 hours; (2) 27 accessioning errors were detected on review of 357 random requisitions (7.6%); (3) 5 of the 20,060 tests had labeling errors that had gone undetected in the processing stage. Four were detected later during specimen processing but 1 reached the reporting stage. Postimplementation data were as follows: (1) PT for 1,355 samples averaged 31 hours; (2) 17 accessioning errors were detected on review of 385 random requisitions (4.4%); and (3) no labeling errors were undetected. Our results demonstrate that implementation of Lean methods, such as first-in first-out processes and minimizing batch size by staff actively participating in the improvement process, allows for higher quality, greater patient safety, and improved efficiency.

  4. Same-day identification and antibiotic susceptibility testing on positive blood cultures: a simple and inexpensive procedure.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Maelegheer, K; Nulens, E

    2016-11-26

    Fast diagnostic tools are becoming a hot topic in microbiology, especially in the case of septic patients. Therefore, we attempted to develop a fast, inexpensive, accurate and easy method to identify bacteria and perform an antibiotic susceptibility test directly on positive blood cultures that could be used in a routine laboratory. A procedure based on centrifugation and washing steps was performed on 110 non-duplicated (including nine seeded) positive blood culture bottles. Direct identification (DID) and antimicrobial susceptibility testing (AST) was conducted on the pellet with the MALDI Biotyper and Phoenix, respectively. Identification (ID) to the species level was correct in 44/45 (97%) cases for Gram-negative bacteria and 44/56 (79%) cases for Gram-positive bacteria. In total, 98.9% of the AST results were identical to the routine laboratory result. No very major errors, four major errors and eight minor errors were detected. A reliable identification and a high AST agreement were obtained from blood cultures seeded with multi-resistant bacteria. We simulated the timeline of DID and demonstrated an identification and AST result within 24 h using Escherichia coli- and Staphylococcus aureus-positive blood cultures as examples. We developed an easy, fast and cheap method to generate reliable ID and AST results. Moreover, this method may be used to obtain results within 24 h after incubating the blood culture bottles in the microbiology lab.

  5. DEVELOPMENT AND TESTING OF PROCEDURES FOR CARRYING OUT EMERGENCY PHYSICAL INVENTORY TAKING AFTER DETECTING ANOMALY EVENTS CONCERNING NM SECURITY.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    VALENTE,J.FISHBONE,L.ET AL.

    2003-07-13

    In the State Scientific Center of Russian Federation - Institute of Physics and Power Engineering (SSC RF-IPPE, Obninsk), which is under Minatom jurisdiction, the procedures for carrying out emergency physical inventory taking (EPIT) were developed and tested in cooperation with the Brookhaven National Laboratory (USA). Here the emergency physical inventory taking means the PIT, which is carried out in case of symptoms indicating a possibility of NM loss (theft). Such PIT often requires a verification of attributes and quantitative characteristics for all the NM items located in a specific Material Balance Area (MBA). In order to carry out the exercise, an MBA was selected where many thousands of NM items containing highly enriched uranium are used. Three clients of the computerized material accounting system (CMAS) are installed in this MBA. Labels with unique (within IPPE site) identification numbers in the form of digit combinations and an appropriate bar code have been applied on the NM items, containers and authorized locations. All the data to be checked during the EPIT are stored in the CMAS database. Five variants of anomalies initiating EPIT and requiring different types of activities on EPIT organization are considered. Automatic working places (AWP) were created on the basis of the client computers in order to carry out a large number of measurements within a reasonable time. In addition to a CMAS client computer, the main components of an AWP include a bar-code reader, an electronic scale and an enrichment meter with NaI--detector--the lMCA Inspector (manufactured by the Canberra Company). All these devices work together with a client computer in the on-line mode. Special computer code (Emergency Inventory Software-EIS) was developed. All the algorithms of interaction between the operator and the system, as well as algorithms of data exchange during the measurements and data comparison, are implemented in this software. Registration of detected

  6. 30 CFR 253.25 - What financial test procedures must I use to determine the amount of self-insurance allowed as...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 30 Mineral Resources 2 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false What financial test procedures must I use to... Mineral Resources MINERALS MANAGEMENT SERVICE, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR OFFSHORE OIL SPILL FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR OFFSHORE FACILITIES Methods for Demonstrating OSFR § 253.25 What financial test...

  7. Antagonism of meta-chlorophenylpiperazine-induced inhibition of exploratory activity in an emergence procedure, the open field test, in rats.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Meert, T F; Melis, W; Aerts, N; Clincke, G

    1997-08-01

    The effects of meta-chlorophenylpiperazine (mCPP) were studied on exploratory behaviour in the open field test, using a procedure designed to evaluate the emergence of rats into a novel environment. mCPP reduced the exploratory activity in a dose-related manner after subcutaneous (s.c.), intraperitoneal (i.p.) and intravenous (i.v.) administration. The inhibition was manifest in all the parameters used to quantify the exploration of the open field area. Additional neuroendocrine experiments in a parallel group of rats revealed a dose-related increase in plasma prolactin and ACTH levels after i.v. mCPP, pointing to a general state of arousal in these mCPP-treated animals. A number of 5-HT antagonists were tested for their ability to prevent or reverse the behavioural inhibition induced by an i.v. injection of 1.0 g/kg mCPP given 15 min before testing in the open field. The antagonists were injected s.c. or given orally at various time intervals before mCPP, or they were injected i.v. 10 min after mCPP. The lowest active doses for the attentuation of the mCPP-induced behavioural inhibition after s.c., oral and i.v. administration, respectively, were 0.04, 40 and 10 mg/kg for pizotifen; 0.16, 0.16 and 0.16 mg/kg for mianserin; 0.63, 0.16 and 0.16 mg/kg for methysergide, and 0.16, 2.5 and 2.5 mg/kg for ritanserin. The lowest active doses of mirtazapine after s.c. and i.v. treatment were 0.01 and 0.16 mg/kg. These data indicate that mixed 5-HT1/5-HT2 receptor antagonists such as pizotifen and methysergide, and mixed 5-HT and catecholamine antagonists such as mianserin and mirtazapine are more potent antagonists of mCPP-induced behavioural inhibition in rats than the more selective 5-HT2A/5-HT2C antagonist ritanserin.

  8. Procedure for implementing the system of quality management in the testing laboratory of the Center for Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology in Sancti Spiritus.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lídice Peraza Cruz

    2014-03-01

    Full Text Available Implementation of Quality Management System in testing laboratories offers the possibility of its accreditation and a frame for cooperation with other organizations, supporting information and experience exchange, as well as standards and procedures harmonization. To improve the performance of the Center for Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology of Sancti Spíritus testing laboratory, assuring technically valid data and results which promote technical competence and credibility of in vitro diagnostics and biological reagents products, a procedure was designed to implement a Quality Management System. This procedure applies Deming´s Quality Cycle and considers all relevant requirements in NC ISO/IEC 17025:2006 “General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories” and Regulation No. 20 2004 “Good Manufacturing Practices for in vitro Diagnostics” of Center for State Control of Drugs, Equipment and Medical Devices. We recommend an auto evaluation method, designed by authors, to verify quality management system accomplishment.

  9. Comparison of Test Procedures and Energy Efficiency Criteria in Selected International Standards & Labeling Programs for Copy Machines, External Power Supplies, LED Displays, Residential Gas Cooktops and Televisions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zheng, Nina [Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United States); Zhou, Nan [Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United States); Fridley, David [Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United States)

    2012-03-01

    This report presents a technical review of international minimum energy performance standards (MEPS), voluntary and mandatory energy efficiency labels and test procedures for five products being considered for new or revised MEPS in China: copy machines, external power supply, LED displays, residential gas cooktops and flat-screen televisions. For each product, an overview of the scope of existing international standards and labeling programs, energy values and energy performance metrics and description and detailed summary table of criteria and procedures in major test standards are presented.

  10. International Conference on Harmonisation; draft guidance on specifications: test procedures and acceptance criteria for biotechnological/biological products--FDA. Notice.

    Science.gov (United States)

    1998-06-09

    The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is publishing a draft guidance entitled "Q6B Specifications: Test Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for Biotechnological/Biological Products". The draft guidance was prepared under the auspices of the International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH). The draft guidance provides guidance on general principles for the selection of test procedures and the setting and justification of acceptance criteria for biotechnological and biological products. The draft guidance is intended to assist in the establishment of a uniform set of international specifications for biotechnological and biological products to support new marketing applications.

  11. International Conference on Harmonisation; guidance on Q6A specifications: test procedures and acceptance criteria for new drug substances and new drug products: chemical substances. Notice.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2000-12-29

    The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is publishing a guidance entitled "Q6A Specifications: Test Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for New Drug Substances and New Drug Products: Chemical Substances." The guidance was prepared under the auspices of the International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH). The guidance describes or provides recommendations concerning the selection of test procedures and the setting and justification of acceptance criteria for new chemical drug substances and new drug products produced from them. The guidance is intended to assist in the establishment of a single set of global specifications for new drug substances and new drug products.

  12. International Conference on Harmonisation; guidance on specifications: test procedures and acceptance criteria for biotechnological/biological products. Notice. Food and Drug Administration, HHS.

    Science.gov (United States)

    1999-08-18

    The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is publishing a guidance entitled "Q6B Specifications: Test Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for Biotechnological/Biological Products." The guidance was prepared under the auspices of the International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH). The guidance provides guidance on general principles for the selection of test procedures and the setting and justification of acceptance criteria for biotechnological and biological products. The guidance is intended to assist in the establishment of a uniform set of international specifications for biotechnological and biological products to support new marketing applications.

  13. Development of three dimensional Eulerian numerical procedure toward plate-mantle simulation: accuracy test by the fluid rope coiling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Furuichi, M.; Kameyama, M.; Kageyama, A.

    2007-12-01

    Reproducing a realistic plate tectonics with mantle convection simulation is one of the greatest challenges in computational geophysics. We have developed a three dimensional Eulerian numerical procedure toward plate-mantle simulation, which includes a finite deformation of the plate in the mantle convection. Our method, combined with CIP-CSLR (Constrained Interpolation Profile method-Conservative Semi-Lagrangian advection scheme with Rational function) and ACuTE method, enables us to solve advection and force balance equations even with a large and sharp viscosity jump, which marks the interface between the plates and surrounding upper mantle materials. One of the typical phenomena represented by our method is a fluid rope coiling event, where a stream of viscous fluid is poured onto the bottom plane from a certain height. This coiling motion is due to delicate balances between bending, twisting and stretching motions of fluid rope. In the framework of the Eulerian scheme, the fluid rope and surrounding air are treated as a viscosity profile which differs by several orders of magnitude. Our method solves the complex force balances of the fluid rope and air, by a multigrid iteration technique of ACuTE algorithm. In addition, the CIP-CSLR advection scheme allows us to obtain a deforming shape of the fluid rope, as a low diffusive solution in the Eulerian frame of reference. In this presentation, we will show the simulation result of the fluid rope coiling as an accuracy test for our simulation scheme, by comparing with the simplified numerical solution for thin viscous jet.

  14. What Do You Think You Are Measuring? A Mixed-Methods Procedure for Assessing the Content Validity of Test Items and Theory-Based Scaling.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Koller, Ingrid; Levenson, Michael R; Glück, Judith

    2017-01-01

    The valid measurement of latent constructs is crucial for psychological research. Here, we present a mixed-methods procedure for improving the precision of construct definitions, determining the content validity of items, evaluating the representativeness of items for the target construct, generating test items, and analyzing items on a theoretical basis. To illustrate the mixed-methods content-scaling-structure (CSS) procedure, we analyze the Adult Self-Transcendence Inventory, a self-report measure of wisdom (ASTI, Levenson et al., 2005). A content-validity analysis of the ASTI items was used as the basis of psychometric analyses using multidimensional item response models (N = 1215). We found that the new procedure produced important suggestions concerning five subdimensions of the ASTI that were not identifiable using exploratory methods. The study shows that the application of the suggested procedure leads to a deeper understanding of latent constructs. It also demonstrates the advantages of theory-based item analysis.

  15. A field test of substance use screening devices as part of routine drunk-driving spot detection operating procedures in South Africa.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Matzopoulos, Richard; Lasarow, Avi; Bowman, Brett

    2013-10-01

    This pilot study aimed to test four substance use screening devices developed in Germany under local South African conditions and assess their utility for detecting driving under the influence of drugs (DUID) as part of the standard roadblock operations of local law enforcement agencies. The devices were used to screen a sample of motorists in the Gauteng and Western Cape provinces. The motorists were diverted for screening at roadblocks at the discretion of the law enforcement agencies involved, as per their standard operating procedures. Fieldworkers also administered a questionnaire that described the screening procedure, as well as information about vehicles, demographic information about the motorists and their attitudes to the screening process during testing. Motorists tested positive for breath alcohol in 28% of the 261 cases tested. Oral fluid was screened for drugs as per the standard calibrated cut-offs of all four devices. There were 14 cases where the under-influence drivers tested positive for alcohol and drugs simultaneously, but 14% of the 269 drivers drug-screened tested positive for drugs only. After alcohol, amphetamine, methamphetamine and cocaine were the most common drugs of impairment detected. The results suggest that under normal enforcement procedures only 76% of drivers impaired by alcohol and other drugs would have been detected. In more than 70% of cases the tests were administered within 5 min and this is likely to improve with more regular use. It was clear that the pilot screening process meets global testing standards. Although use of the screening devices alone would not serve as a basis for prosecution and provisions would need to be made for the confirmation of results through laboratory testing, rollout of this screening process would improve operational efficiency in at least two ways. Firstly, the accuracy of the tests will substantially decrease confirmatory test loads. Secondly, laboratory drug testing can be restricted to

  16. Validation tests of open-source procedures for digital camera calibration and 3D image-based modelling

    OpenAIRE

    I. Toschi; Rivola, R.; Bertacchini, E; Castagnetti, C.; M. Dubbini; Capra, A.

    2013-01-01

    Among the many open-source software solutions recently developed for the extraction of point clouds from a set of un-oriented images, the photogrammetric tools Apero and MicMac (IGN, Institut Géographique National) aim to distinguish themselves by focusing on the accuracy and the metric content of the final result. This paper firstly aims at assessing the accuracy of the simplified and automated calibration procedure offered by the IGN tools. Results obtained with this procedure were...

  17. Designing Direct Observation of Procedural Skills (DOPS Test for Selective Skills of Orthopedic Residents and Evaluating Its Effects from Their Points of View

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Abolghasem Amini

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available Introduction: Direct Observation of Procedural Skills (DOPS is a valuable method to evaluate procedural skills. The aim of this study was to develop a DOPS test for assessment of first- and second-year orthopedic residents and evaluate its effects on their learning. Methods: Seven residents and nine faculty members of the orthopedic department of Tabriz University of Medical Sciences participated in this study. A questionnaire containing twelve closed and four open questions was used for assessment. The acquired data were analyzed by descriptive statistics (frequency, percent, mean and standard deviation. Results: The results showed that residents’ performances were almost good (mean of good performances = 50.6%, the participants’ performances increased in the second stage (from 50.6% to 59.4% but this increasing performance decreased in the third stage (from 59.4% to 39%. Most faculty members and residents believed that DOPS tests can have an effective role in facilitating students’ learning and also can help them to succeed in their final test. Some of the residents believed that DOPS tests decrease their stress in the final exam. Promoting students’ procedural skills and independent learning are the pros and a stressful test experience is the con of this study. Conclusion: According to results of this study, DOPS tests had an effective role in facilitating students’ learning and skills. Test repetition for the second time is sufficient and useful for evaluating residents’ clinical and instrumental skills.

  18. Adaptation of a four-wall interference assessment/correction procedure for airfoil tests in the 0.3-m TCT

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gumbert, C. R.; Newman, P. A.; Kemp, W. B., Jr.; Adcock, J. B.

    1984-01-01

    Based upon limited, initial observations of wall interference corrections obtained for one airfoil test, there is a need for assessing the upstream flow direction. If there is no direct measurement then a two-pass correction procedure similar to the one described here is required. Questions have arisen pertaining to the correct interpretation of the pressure coefficients measured on the slats of a slotted tunnel wall, the interpretation of just what the calculated equivalent body encompasses or should include, and what can or should be considered as quantitative criteria for data correctability. Further studies using this modified procedure will address these questions. Hopefully, a meaningful WIAC procedure can be validated for the airfoil tests in the 0.3-m TCT.

  19. Test Standard Revision Update: JESD57, "Procedures for the Measurement of Single-Event Effects in Semiconductor Devices from Heavy-Ion Irradiation"

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lauenstein, Jean-Marie

    2015-01-01

    The JEDEC JESD57 test standard, Procedures for the Measurement of Single-Event Effects in Semiconductor Devices from Heavy-Ion Irradiation, is undergoing its first revision since 1996. In this talk, we place this test standard into context with other relevant radiation test standards to show its importance for single-event effect radiation testing for space applications. We show the range of industry, government, and end-user party involvement in the revision. Finally, we highlight some of the key changes being made and discuss the trade-space in which setting standards must be made to be both useful and broadly adopted.

  20. Using the Implicit Association Test and the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure to Measure Attitudes toward Meat and Vegetables in Vegetarians and Meat-Eaters

    Science.gov (United States)

    Barnes-Holmes, Dermot; Murtagh, Louise; Barnes-Holmes, Yvonne; Stewart, Ian

    2010-01-01

    The current study aimed to assess the implicit attitudes of vegetarians and non-vegetarians towards meat and vegetables, using the Implicit Association Test (IAT) and the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). Both measures involved asking participants to respond, under time pressure, to pictures of meat or vegetables as either positive…